former Repr 1. Who pretend infirmity and weaknesse when yet the power of God the holy seed is ready to break the Serpents head in them Repr 2. Those who exceedingly magnifie the power of Christ the holy seed that he breaks the head of the Serpent when it is yet whole in them Repr 3. Who damp their own and others endeavours with opinion of impossibility of doing that which is here promised that it shall be done Exhort Be strong in the Lord and in the power of his might Ephes 6. Means Use that power thou hast The Lord hath not given that for nothing By exercising bodily strength the man growes stronger much more by exercise of spiritual strength Pray to the Lord to put the enmity between thee and the Serpents seed Pray for that innocent harmlesse Abels life which must live and speak again Heb. 11.4 He being dead yet speaketh This enmity must proceed as also the Law and the grace of God that brings salvation Tit. 2.11 The grace of God that brings salvation to all men hath appeared c. The holy Apostle observes this method Rom. 16.19 I would have you wise unto that which is good and simple concerning evil and then follows and the God of peace shall tread Satan under your feet shortly And then concludes by what means this comes to passe in the next words The grace of our Lord Jesus Christ be with you Axiom 4. The Serpent shall bruise his heel There are who understand this litterally and properly of the Church But while the Scripture will affoord both a literal and a spiritual meaning I conceive it is not safe to appropriate it unto one Literally then it 's true that the Serpent bruises or wounds the heel and lies in wait in the way Gen. 49.17 I believe the spiritual meaning is principally aimed at Quaere What is meant by the Heel What to bruise the Hell How the Serpent may be said to bruise the Heel 1. The word in the Hebrew is ãâã ãâã ãâã ãâã ãâã which signifies that well-known part of the Body Yet not only that but also the sole of the foot and the foot-steps The iniquity of my heels ãâã ãâã ãâã ãâã ãâã which Symmachus turns ãâã ãâã ãâã ãâã ãâã Psal 49.6 that is the conversation the life and Psal 56.6 They observe ãâã ãâã ãâã ãâã ãâã my steps So we say Insistere vestigiis to walk in ones footsteps that is to follow one So Rom. 4.12 To walk in the steps of Abrahams faith 1 Pet. 2.21 Hence by Metaphor because he Heel and the Foot-sole is the extream or last part of the Body as the Head is the first the word is used to signifie the last part of any thing Psal 119.33 I will keep it ãâã ãâã ãâã ãâã ãâã unto the end and Verse 112. I inclined my heart to keep thy statutes ãâã ãâã ãâã ãâã ãâã unto the end Hence it signifies the Reward which is wont to be given at the end of the work Ps 19.11 In keeping of them there is ãâã ãâã ãâã ãâã ãâã Esay 5.23 Who justifie the wicked for reward ãâã ãâã ãâã ãâã ãâã The heel of the womans holy seed or Christ may be understood to be either 1. Of his Person or 2. Of his mystical Body 1. Of his Person so the Heel of Christ is his humanity This holds proportion with what the Apostle saith that The Head of Christ is God 1 Cor. 11. 2. Of his mystical Body so we may understand the Heel either of the outward man as the meanest and weakest part of the body of Christ Or the inward man that part of the soul that cleaves vnto the earth or earthly nature 2. To bruise the heel The word ãâã ãâã ãâã ãâã ãâã which we turn to bruise it seems to be therefore here used that it might fit both parts of the Text the Head of the Serpent and he Heel of the Womans holy seed The like ye may observe 1 Cor. 3.17 If any man defile Gods Temple him will God destroy The word in the Greek is the same ãâã ãâã ãâã ãâã ãâã thus Coverdale turnes the words The same shall tread down thine head and thou shalt tread upon his heel 3. How may the seed of the Serpent be said to bruise the heel of Christ 1. The heel of Christ is his Humanity when therefore the Serpent so far prevailed that he procured him to be put to death according to the flesh he bruised his heel 1 Pet. 3.18.2 The heel of his mystical body 1. In regard of the outward man the meanest and weakest of his fellowers Deut. 25.18 Amalek smote the hindmost 2. In regard of the inward man the heel is that part that cleaves unto the earth or earthly nature and is therefore prone and easie to slide and fall This heel the Serpent observes and bruises In the necessities of the body the soul must needs send forth the natural desires for supply of them Such are the desires of earing and drinking These and such as these are the heel of the inward man which the Serpent observes He observed these in our Lord Matth. 4.3 He had fasted forty dayes all that time ye hear not of the Tempter but when he hungred Verse 2. then the Tempter came unto him This the Apostle was aware of 1 Cor. 7.5 Give your selves to fasting and prayer that Satan tempt you not for your incontinencie It is lawful to have a care and to provide for the supply of meat and drink and raiment c. yet this very care endangers us to fall into temptation and a snare 1 Tim. 6.9 Reason may be 1. In regard of the Womans godly seed that it might be continually exercised and be watchful Virtus languet sine adversario And therefore your adversary the Devil goes about c. 2. In regard of the Serpent his innate Subtilty and malice Who since he is fallen from all lawfull power of commanding and compelling Esay 14. he now acts by craft and cunning 2 Cor. 2.11 by devises and wiles Ephes 6.11 The wiles of the Devill 2 Cor. 11.3 And therefore he setts upon the weakest He beguiled Eve through his subtiltie This discovers what they are whose seed and whose children who reproach the steps the conversation of Gods Saints It is the Serpents work To bruise and tread upon the heel and his children Serpents like himselfe as our Saviour calls them Matth. 23. who reproach the wayes of Christ and his people who slander and reproach the foot-steps of Gods annointed Psal 89.51 who cast aspersions upon the pure religion and undefiled I doubt not but there is a religion that is accounted pure yet is defiled A generation pure in their own eyes yet are not cleansed from their dung Prov. 30.12 Yet there is a religion that is pure yet is accounted defiled by the Serpent and his seed who casts aspersions upon it without desert as a man may receive a dash in his journey Thus the Pharisees of
and Hagarens the progeny of Ismael and Hagar Would God it were not so with many of us For we have seen that they of Corinth of Sardis and Laodicea have been grossely deceived in their own estates And why may not we fear the like in our selves It 's a dangerous thing to erre in a matter of so great and neer concernment That we should think our selves born of the free-woman and consider not that there is in us by nature a kind of wildness and looseness which we oftentimes mistake for the true freedom It is no shame to acknowledge this For Zephar tells Job truly Job 11.12 that this is the condition of all mankind Ye have for that purpose in Job the description of the wilde Ass Such was the estate of the first child born to Abraham of the bond-woman Hagar and 39.5 8. As soon as she had conceived she thought she should bring forth the seed of promise as Eve also thought But her son proved ãâã ãâã ãâã ãâã ãâã a wilde man Gen. 16.2 a man like a wilde Ass This estate pleaseth us well because it is easily brought off to corrupt nature by the least temptation And therefore Abraham in the type Gen. 17.18 is said to have prayed unto the Lord that Ismael might live O that Ismael might live in thy sight And this is the desire of many who know no better But mark what the answer or God is to this prayer of Abraham Sarah thy wise shall bear thee a son indeed and thou shalt call his name Isaac And when we have such a desire as Abraham bad let us remember Gods answer unto Abraham That the free woman the Beliefs signified by Sarah shall bring forth and then we shall be children not of the bond-woman but of the free And let us take heed lest while we are yet in our fallen estate we mistake not our selves as our mother did who thought she had gotten the man the Lord when indeed she brought forth Cain who by corruption was of the wicked one 1 Ioh. 3.12 In processe of time At the end of dayes Gen. 4. Ver. 3. So the Translators render it out of the Hebrew in the margent The words are ãâã ãâã ãâã ãâã ãâã A fine dierum that is after the end of the year For so ãâã ãâã ãâã ãâã ãâã is taken for a year and so rendred in our last translation 1 Sam. 1.3 This man went up out of his City yearly The Margent out of the Hebrew hath from year to year So Exod. 13.10 where in the Hebrew it is from dayes to dayes our translation hath it from year to year This is clear Levit. 25. when the Lord hath set the time for redemption of an house ãâã ãâã ãâã ãâã ãâã which is turn'd a year ver 29. then ver 30. if it be not redeemed within the space of a full year the word is ãâã ãâã ãâã ãâã ãâã So in many other places I contend not for this which is well known But by this phrase At the end of the year Moses points at those Offerings which the two Brethren brought which though of different kindes yet both Eucharistical Oblations of thanksgiving unto God for his blessings all the year past And this kinde of service they had learn'd no doubt of their Father out of the minde of God according to Ecclus 17. For at the same time of the year the Lord appointed afterward the Feast of Ingathering Exod. 23.16 In the end of the year when thou hast gathered in thy labours out of the field The like ye read Exod. 34.22 in the Moneth Ethanim which answered in part to our September when commonly the fruits of the year are gathered in and laid up About the same time the Heathen themselves observed the like custome of Sacrificing and upon the like occasion whether moved thereto by prescript of long tradition or taught this thankfulnesse by their Learned men who many of them had seen the writings of Moses or inwardly instructed by the light in them For since the Apostle reproves the Gentiles for their unthankfulnesse to God Rom. 1.20 21 22. He supposeth that their knowledge of God might be improved to due gratitude unto God The Philosopher saith as much ãâã ãâã ãâã ãâã ãâã that even nature it self teacheth to offer Sacrifice Unto which of these causes I may refer it I know not But surely the same Philosopher in the Eighth Book of his Ethicks Chap. 11. tells us that ancient Sacrifices and conventions of the people were wont to be ãâã ãâã ãâã ãâã ãâã after the gathering in of their fruits At the same time of year they kept their Feast of Tabernacles as appears by the two places in Exodus before named When they rejoyced before the Lord and praised him for his goodness To the same most ancient custome is to be referred what we often read of the joy in Harvest Esay 9.3 and like expression Chap. 16.10 Jer. 25.30 and 48.33 There remains in many parts of this Nation some mimical semblance of that most ancient and pious custome expressed in rude and disorderly yawling and hooping and hallowing which yet will be a witnesse against us of our great unthankfulnesse SERMON II. SERM. II. The Law and the Gospel preached unto Cain IF thou do well Gen. 4.7 shalt thou not be accepted But if thou dost not well sin lies at the door And it shall be subject unto thee and thou shalt rule over it The 6 and 7 verses are a Sermon of the best Preacher even the Lord himself unto Cain the worst Auditor In the words we have an Expostulation or reprehension Vers the Sixth Exhortation The Exhortation is to do well which he perswades by First Propounding the effect of the duty which he exhorts unto shalt thou not be accepted Secondly The effect of the contrary if thou do not well sin lies at the door Thirdly The limitation of this effect it shal be subject unto thee Fourthly The adjunct dominion thou shalt rule over it So that ye perceive I prefer the Marginal reading before that in the Text. And I shall shew reason for it when I come to handle it mean time we have in the words these divine truths 1. The Lord saith unto Cain if thou do well shalt thou not be accepted 2. If thou do not well sin lieth at the door 3. The desire of sin shal be subject unto Cain 4. Cain shall rule over sin The Lord saith unto Cain if thou do well shalt thou not be accepted Wherein let us inquire What 's here meant First by doing well Secondly by being accepted First The word we render to do well or to do good is ãâã ãâã ãâã ãâã ãâã which is of very large signification for we may do good or do well as well by passion as action by suffering according to the will of God as by doing as well by omitting what God for-bids as by doing what he Commands Thus David concludes Psal
righteousness and holiness of truth Which Divine Plvto hath almost word for word in his Theâââ ãâã ãâã ãâã ãâã ãâã The likeness of God is to be righteous and holy with wisdom or prudence And as Christ is ãâã ãâã ãâã ãâã ãâã the figure of his fathers hypostasie or substance so the true Christians are made according to Christ Iohn 1.16 of whose fulnesse they receive ãâã ãâã ãâã ãâã ãâã even grace for grace every grace in us answering to the counterpart of it self in Christ as every impression and print in the Wax answers to every print and impression in the Seal This image of God is in the soul yet so that Per modum redundantiae by way of redundancy it overflowes also upon the body For as by an Image or Picture we understand not onely the lineaments and portraiture of him that 's drawen but also concretely the table wherein it is drawen And as we conceive the Kings Image in his Coin not onely formally abstractly and apart the resemblance and figure of the King but also concretely and joyntly the money the Silver or Gold wherein it is imprinted Even so the image of God howsoever it be primarily in the soule yet it may be said also to be in the body the seat of the soul whose rectitude and straitness proper to that alone of all the living creatures represents that inward rectitude and uprightness wherein the man is made and an argument of Majesty and Soveraignty over all the Creatures the strength proportion beauty feature and comliness are answerable in some sort to the like vertues in the image of God According to which S. Paul saith that the earthy man Rom. 5.14 the first Adam was a type or figure of the second or him that was to come as the first and rude draught of him As also because the soul works by the body conformably to the image of God whence it is Rom. 6.13 that the members of the body are instruments of righteousness unto God And hence it is that S. Paul saith 1 Cor. 6.20 that our bodies and Spirits are Gods Yea the image of God extends it self so far that all the outward creatures belonging unto man may be said in some sort to appertain unto the image of God in man not onely because Dei Vestigium est in creaturis saith the School the footstep and similitude of God is in the creatures but also because God hath given unto man the outward creatures not as any part of his image but to adorn his image in him As Painters and Carvers set out their Images and Statues by Pictures of diverse creatures which are not any parts but ornaments of the Statues and Images which they principally intend to make Thus every creature hath Gods mark upon it aut imaginem aut vestigium either Gods expresse image upon it as the reasonable creature or some other impression or similitude of the Deity which remembers us and sends us to the Author of it As when we see among the Creatures any thing that 's beautiful and fair or strong or any other way good it minds us and causes our thoughts and meditations to ascend unto that Essential beauty strength or whatsoever other Excellency is to be found in God In a word Gods mark and footstep in the Creature is in order unto Gods Image in man Gods image in man is in order unto Gods image which is Christ Gods image which is Christ 1 Cor. 3.22 23. is in order unto God This gradual order is excellently observed and set down by S. Paul All things are yours and ye are Christs and Christ is Gods When now the man had defaced that glorious image of his God in himself and disturbed that excellent order of himself and all the Creatures unto God The Lord sent ãâã ãâã ãâã ãâã ãâã a flood to confound all order as that word signifies a sin-flood to blot out his image and footstep out of his creatures as we read Gen. 6. The Lord saw that the iniquity of man was great in the earth and all the image form or shape of the thoughts of his heart was onely evill all the day And it repented the Lord that he had made man on the earth and he mourned at his heart and the Lord said I will blot out man whom I have created from upon the face of the earth from man even unto beast and unto the creeping thing and to the foul of the heavens because it repenteth me that I have made them I desire the Reader to consider upon what ground and Motive the Lord here resolves to blot out man and beast from the earth It will make much for the understanding of Gen. 8.21 ANd the Lord smelled a sweet savour and the Lord said in his heart Gen. 8. Ver. 21. I will not again curse the ground any more for mans sake for the imagination of mans heart is evil from his youth neither will I again smite any more every living thing as I have done If thus we read these words very ill use may be made of them as for an encouragement unto sin because the grace of God so much aboundeth For according to this Translation the Lord here seems to promise that he will not again deal so severely with mankind because the imagination of mans heart is evil from his youth and therefore so to curse the ground for mans sake so to smite every living thing would be to no purpose Why because mankinde is incorrigible the imagination of his heart is evil from his youth and therefore to go about to mend the matter by blotting out the living creature as if thereby the sins of men could be blotted out it would be as available as if a man should endeavour to draw water with a Net So one of the Fathers reasons from hence whose name I spare Another of them argues thus down-right The Lord saith I will not any more curse the Earth for the works of men because the minde of man is set upon mischief from his youth therefore I will not any more smite every living soul as I have done And lest we should think that the Ancients onely were of this minde most of the later Expositors are of the same judgement The Glosse of the French Bible speaks their opinion For it sets a Star in the Text directing us to somewhat more remarkable in the Margent which is this He shews what men must be until the end of the world wherein all mankinde is condemned as wholly wicked and depraved How then ought these words to be rendred That we may understand this we must look back at the former words For if we consider the former words they will give light to these Verse 20. Noah builded an altar unto the Lord and took of every clean beast and of every clean foul and offered burnt offerings upon the altar And the Lord smelled a savour of rest so the Marg. according to the
old I am the Lord your holy one the Creator of Israel and your King I have not caused thee to serve with an Offering c. but thou hast made me to serve with thy sins thou hast wearied me with thine iniquities Esay 43.15 23 24. If the Lord be our King and so patient toward us let us suffer with him even to the death of every sin so shall we reign with him 2 Tim. 2.12 If we call him Father let us honour him Mal. 1.6 If he be our Shepherd let us hear his voice and follow him John 10. So will he bear us with his strength unto the habitation of his holiness Behold Exod. 16. Ver. 4. I will rain bread from heaven for you and the people shall go out and gather a certain rate every day that I may prove them whether they will walk in my law or no. Our Saviours words John 6.32 63. are a clear Commentary on this Text which this Translation obscures For in these words its evident the Spirit or finger of God points at a mystical understanding of the Bread from heaven when presently the Bread is called the Word For so what is turn'd a certain rate every day is ãâã ãâã ãâã ãâã ãâã Verbum dici in die suo The Word of the day in its day For what is more ordinary in Scripture then the Word of God to be compared to Bread Man doth not live by Bread only but by every Word that proceedeth out of the mouth of the Lord doth man live Deut. 8.3 which our Saviour citeth Matth. 4.4 Jer. 3.15 and 15.16 Thy Words were found and I did eat them and thy Word was unto me the joy and rejoycing of my heart Whence it is that according to this Metaphor this Lord threatens a famine of this Bread Amos 8.11 I will send a famine in the Land not a famine of Bread nor a thirst for Water but for hearing the Words of the Lord c. Beside the word ãâã ãâã ãâã ãâã ãâã however it be of a very large signification yet it reacheth not to what is imposed upon it here a certain rate nor does the margent help it the portion of a day Nor will the end which the Lord here aims at appear from that Translation which yet will be evident if we render here ãâã ãâã ãâã ãâã ãâã the Word The Word of the day in its day that I may prove them whether they will walk in my law or no. Which the speech of Job Chap. 23.12 makes manifest Neither have I gone back from the Commandement of his lips I have esteemed the words of his mouth more then my appointed portion By the words thus rendred we also understand our daily portion of heavenly food the word of the day in its day is our daily bread which we are taught to pray for Give us this day our daily Bread See more of this on Verse 16. This is the thing which the Lord hath commanded Exod. 16. Ver. 16. The word is ãâã ãâã ãâã ãâã ãâã which Arias Montanus and Vatablus turn Hoc est verbum This is the Word So the Vulg. Lat. Hic est Sermo and the Greek ãâã ãâã ãâã ãâã ãâã and the Chald. Par. ãâã ãâã ãâã ãâã ãâã the Word Moses speaks of Manna and calls it the Word or that Word and in the verse before he calls it ãâã ãâã ãâã ãâã ãâã that Bread S. Paul warrants this translation when speaking of the same Manna he calls it ãâã ãâã ãâã ãâã ãâã spiritual meat 1 Cor. 10.3 Of this the true Hebrews must gather every man according to his eating an Omer for every man according to the number of their souls An Omer is Cibus diurnus hominis the daily bread which every soul prayes for and feeds upon even the bread of God which cometh down from heaven and giveth life unto the word So our Lord having interpreted the Manna here spoken of John 6.33 c. they who heard him said and let us say with them Lord evermore give us this Bread Thou shalt have no other Gods before me Exod. 20. Ver. 3. The word ãâã ãâã ãâã ãâã ãâã is here taken equivocally for that which is the true God blessed for ever and for that which the imagination feigns to it self to be a god and ascribes a Deity or something proper unto the true God thereunto as fear faith hope love c. What the man feigns to be a god is either some created thing or a mans own meer imagination it matters not whether For be it a creature or be it a fiction and invention of man the deity of that creature and fiction wholly depends upon the man and is indeed an Idol so that unless the man think it to be a god and have it for a god Animo non cogitante if he think it not so it is no god According to which sense the Apostle saith An idol is nothing in the world 1 Cor. 8.4 The word ãâã ãâã ãâã ãâã ãâã which by our Translators is turnd other is rendred by the LXX sometime ãâã ãâã ãâã ãâã ãâã one of two sometime ãâã ãâã ãâã ãâã ãâã alius one of many sometime ãâã ãâã ãâã ãâã ãâã alienus strange and belonging to another Here they render ãâã ãâã ãâã ãâã ãâã other gods But whereas the proper signification of ãâã ãâã ãâã ãâã ãâã is Posterior fuit tardavit moram fecit to be after to delay to be slow Since also the Lord the only true God justly claims all priority all precedency Esay 41.4 I the Lord the first and 43.10 Before me there was no god formed neither shall there be after me And 44.6 I am the first and I am the last and beside me there is no god And the like chap. 48.12 Revel 1.8 and 22.13 Since also all the reputed other gods are noted in Scripture for their novelty as Deut. 32.17 They sacrificed to Devils not to God to gods whom they knew not to new gods that came newly up Judges 5.8 They chose new gods c. Whence they are called gods made with hands molten gods gods of silver and gold c. I conceive ãâã ãâã ãâã ãâã ãâã properly to be rendred after-gods though I deny not but that they may be turn'd other also What is further added ãâã ãâã ãâã ãâã ãâã Thou shalt have no after-gods before my face is diversly rendred as Coram me before me so Hierom Munster the French and Spanish Translations ãâã ãâã ãâã ãâã ãâã beside me so the LXX and the Chald. Par. Martin Luther Piscator and the Low Dutch Translations as also Castellio But is any thing more clear in the Hebrew then that ãâã ãâã ãâã ãâã ãâã signifies Super facies meas upon my face so Arias Montanus turns the words Nor do I doubt but others would so have rendred them but that they thought fit rather to give the sense then the proper meaning of the words which seems somewhat harsh But if we consider what is the face
ãâã ãâã ãâã ãâã ãâã Jesus is implyed whereever these are said to have wrought any thing by faith for faith must have an object on which it must rest and what is that but the power of God who is Jesus Christ 1 Cor. 1.24 O that the Lord had wrought like conquests in our soules by that power But thanks be to God who giveth us believers in his mighty power the victory through our Lord Jesus Christ 1 Cor. 15.57 Caleb stilled the people before Moses Numb 13. v. 30. and said let us go up at once and possess it for we are well able to overcome it Caleb in these words whether by some inarticulate sound implyed in the great ãâã ãâã ãâã ãâã ãâã in ãâã ãâã ãâã ãâã ãâã as the Latins by St or by some signe made with his hand as Acts 13.16 Obtain'd silence He encourageth the people to march against the Canaanites alleaging that they were well able to overcome the land But truly our Translators have almost spoyled Calebs military Oration by rendring ãâã ãâã ãâã ãâã ãâã let us go up at once What all at once Soft and fair Without doubt Caleb was more wise then to put the people already discomfited upon a sudden expedition Those words are more emphatical if rendred in their genuine and proper sense Ascendendo ascendamus by ascending let us ascend viz. gradatim pedetentìm not ãâã ãâã ãâã ãâã ãâã not all at once not all together Some there are who conceive that the great work of salvation is wrought all at once So they say they are justified all in an instant whereas the command is he that is righteous let him be righteous still The words are ãâã ãâã ãâã ãâã ãâã He that is righteous let him work righteousness still Rev. 22. v. 11. Revel 21.11 It s a gradual and successive work It is none of Gods way of destroying the spiritual enemies but by degrees so Exod. 23.29 30. And to lead men in successively by little and little as Jacob lead his sheep Gen. 33.14 Likewise in the following words it is a good encouragement that Caleb gives when he saith We are well able to overcome it though he saith not so only our Translators make him speak so Calebs words are ãâã ãâã ãâã ãâã ãâã Praevalendo praevalebimus by prevailing we shall prevail Whereby he not only encourageth them averring that they are able to prevail but likewise instructs them and puts them in a way of so doing Let not him that believes make haste nor hope to do the work of the Lord all at once but let us learn of Caleb to make the experiments of our former victories encouragements to after enterprizes So by prevailing we shall prevail nor shall our labour be in vain in the Lord but he who hath begun a good work in us will finish it until the day of Jesus Christ But my servant Caleb Numb 14. v. 24. because he had another spirit with him and hath followed me fully him will I bring into the land whereinto he went and his seed shall possess it These words are to be understood as spoken by the Lord Christ as the Apostle applies the same history unto him Hebr. 3. and 4 where having compared Christ the Lord of the house with Moses Gods faithful servant in it wherefore saith he as the holy Ghost saith To day if ye will hear His that is Christs voice harden not your hearts as in the Provocation as in the day of Temptation in the Wilderness when your fathers tempted me that is Christ For so the same temptation is expresly applied unto Christ 1 Cor. 10.9 Neither let us tempt Christ as some of them also tempted And the Apostle having applyed part of Psal 95. to the same purpose he pursues the same argument Vnion with Christ mentioned Hebr. 3.6 Whose that is Christs house are we if we hold fast the confidence and the rejoycing of the hope firm unto the end He then having quoted the words of that Psalm to his purpose v. 7. 11. he resumes the same argument warning them to take heed of an evil heart of unbelief in departing from the living God v. 12. and exhorting them to exhort one another daily lest they should be hardened by the deceitfulness of sin v. 13. This he enforceth by repeating the same blessed effect the union with and participation of Christ For saith he we are made partakers of Christ if we hold the beginning of our confidence stedfast unto the end whilest it is said To day if ye will hear his voice harden not your hearts as in the provocation for some when they had heard did provoke howbeit not all not Moses not Aaron not Joshua not Caleb Others indeed provoked the Lord and they shall not see it but my servant Caleb because he had another spirit with him and hath fulfilled after me him will I bring into the land whereinto he went and his seed shall possess it In which words we have these divine truths contained 1. Caleb was the Lords servant 2. Caleb had another spirit with him 3. Caleb fulfilled after the Lord. 4. Caleb went into the land 5. The Lord saith he would bring Caleb into the land whereinto he went 6. Calebs seed shall possess it 7. Because Caleb the Lords servant had another spirit and fulfilled after the Lord the Lord saith He will bring Caleb into the land whereinto he went and that his seed shall possess it 8. All those men who have seen my glory and my miracles which I did in Egypt and in the Wilderness and have tempted me now these ten times surely they shall not see the land which I sware unto their fathers neither shall any of them who provoked me see it But my servant Caleb c. 1. The Lord said of Caleb that he was his servant What Caleb was we read Numb 13. What is it to be the Lords servant Generally his servants ye are whom ye obey Rom. 6. And what is it to obey what else but pliably and willingly to submit ones own will to the fulfilling of anothers will 1. Obedience must be pliable and willing Esay 1.19 2. It must be to the command of another as such For if the natural bent of ones own will be to the same act which another commands without respect had to the command as such it is nulla vel minor either no obedience at all or less saith S. Gregory Because obedience properly respects the fulfilling not of our own but of anothers will For example Jer. 35.6 7. Had the sons of Rechab been naturally abstemious and loved no wine their obedience to their father had been either so much the less or indeed none at all When therefore the Lord faith of Caleb that he was his servant it is to be understood that he was obedient that is that he was willing and pliable to the fulfilling of the Lords will That we may the better understand this we must know that there is a
in Chief vouchsafes to visit them So saith that man of war who had experience of it Psal 34. v. 18. Psal 34.18 The Lord is near to the broken of heart and will save the wounded or contrite of spirit And his salvation is nigh them that fear him that glory may dwell in our land Psal 85.9 Now who would not serve under such a Commander who disdains not to visit yea to be billetted with the meanest of his common Souldiers Esay 57. v. 15. Hear what he saith Esay 57.15 Thus saith the High and Lofty One who dwelleth or abideth for ever and whose Name is holy I dwell in the high and holy even with him who is of a contrite and humble spirit to revive the spirit of the humble and to revive the heart of the contrite ones And therefore it is no mervail that his Name alone is exalted Psal 148. v. 13 14. and his Majestie is above the Earth and the Heaven who exalteth the horn of his people the praise of all his Saints or mercifull ones ãâã ãâã ãâã ãâã ãâã the sons of Israel the people nigh unto him Psal 148.13 14. Then followes the ãâã ãâã ãâã ãâã ãâã or last triumphal song Revel 19.1 God grant we all may sing our parts in it Hallelujah Attende Tibi SER. XIII Look to thy Self SERMON XIII Deuteronomie 4. ver 9. Onely take heed to thy self and keep thy soul diligently lest thou forget the things which thine eyes have seen and lest they depart from thy heart all the dayes of thy life but teach them thy sons and thy sons sons THis Text containes precepts of greatest moment yea as the first is here propounded it s of only moment Only take heed to thy self and keep thy soul diligently And the precept of conveying the doctrine to after ages is of like moment Thou shalt teach them thy sons and thy sons sons Which is the same but in a more large sense which S. Paul saith to Timothy 1 Tim. 4.16 Look to thy self and the doctrine The words may be considered in themselves or with reference unto those preceding In themselves they contain two general precepts The former may be divided into two formally differing one from another but really one and the same 1. Only take heed to thy self 2. The next is very like unto it and indeed the same with it or little differing from it And keep thy soul diligently This is demonstrated from the end and the adjunct caution The end is two wayes expressed and the later the effect of the former 1. Lest thou forget the things which thine eyes have seen and 2. Lest they depart from thy heart which later will follow in case of our fail in the former This precept or precepts must be observed for this end or ends SER. XIII without fail without interruption all the dayes of thy life And thou must take care of the transmitting what thine eyes have seen to thy sons and to thy sons sons In the words are contained these divine sentences 1. Israel had seen some things or words 2. Israel ought only to take heed to himself and keep his soul diligently 3. Israel ought to take heed to himself and keep his soul diligently lest he forget the things or words which his eyes have seen and lest they depart from his heart 4. Thus and thus Israel ought to do for these ends all the dayes of his life 5. Israel ought to teach them his sons and his sons sons 1. Israel had seen some things or words Wherein we must enquire what these things or words were and how Israel had seen them 1. What they here turn things are properly words ãâã ãâã ãâã ãâã ãâã and indeed so to be rendred as I shall shew anon Those things or words if we look for 1. In the former part of the Chapter they are either the Law of the Lord taught by Moses v. 1.5 Or Examples of the breach and observation of the Law with their suitable events v. 3. Your eyes have seen that which the Lord did because of Baal-Peor For every man which went after Baal-Peor the Lord thy God hath destroyed him from the midst of thee But ye that did cleave unto the Lord your God are alive all of you this day 2. The things or words which their eyes had seen are expressed in the tenth Verse following the words of the Text. Take heed to thy self and keep thy soul diligently lest thou forget the things or words which thine eyes have seen c. The day when thou stoodest before the Lord thy God in Horeb c. For the words they had seen are understood of those which follow v. 10. viz. the words of the Law v. 13. the Ten words Deut. 10.4 which therefore Israel is commanded to convey to their sons and their sons sons Accordingly the LXX have ãâã ãâã ãâã ãâã ãâã all the words which thine eyes have seen So Hierom Ne obliviscaris verborum that thou forget not the words c. So likewise the Chald. Par. and Arias Montanus But could Israel see words The use of the sight for hearing is very frequent in Scripture All the people saw those thunderings or voyces ãâã ãâã ãâã ãâã ãâã Exod. 20. v. 18. Luke 2. v. 15. and they are said to see the noise of the Trumpet Exod. 20.18 So Luke 2.15 Let us go even unto Bethlehem ãâã ãâã ãâã ãâã ãâã and let us see this word John speaks of himself and his fellow Apostles and Disciples That which we have seen with our eyes that which we have looked upon and our hands have handled of the word of life 1 John 1.1 And again v. 3. That which we have seen c. But why must Israel see these things or words 1. Surely what is purely divine cannot otherwise be revealed unto man but by a divine Oracle could Plato say 2. Nor can there be an intercourse between God and man otherwise then by divine words But how could this be truly spoken to Israel That their eyes had seen the words of God namely the Decalogue or Ten Words as they are called For many of Israel to whom Moses spake were yet unborn when the Law was given as all under 38 years of age And how then can it be said of them that their eyes had seen the Ten Words It is well known that the Lord deals with a whole Nation as with one man so he speaks of Moab and Ammon of Elam of Assur and to Israel here Thine eyes have seen For although the persons may be diminished or increased yet the Nation is the same as a River alwayes ebbing or flowing is yet the same River Beside the parents had a charge to transmit the knowledge of the divine words to their children and posterity which therefore they must regard as if their own eyes had seen what their Parents convey unto them Yea succeeding ages accounted what their forefathers did or suffered to be suffered or done by
and to themselves Hos 12.4 He found him in Bethel and there he spake with Us saith Hosea many ages afterward However this be true and satisfactory yet are there inward and spiritual words and an inward sight of them What other words are they whereof the Psalmist Psal 19. and the Apostle speak Rom. 10.18 Have they not heard Yea verily Their sound went into all the earth and their words into the ends of the world 1. Hence it followes that Gods words are visible words S. John saith as before That which was from the beginning which we have heard which we have seen with our eyes which we have looked upon and our hands have handled of the word of life And again v. 3. That which we have seen and heard declare we unto you The Word of life was visible unto S. John and his fellow Apostles For howsoever some men may satisfie themselves and others with saying that S. John here speaks of the dayes of Christs flesh when the Apostles saw and heard him surely the same may as well be said of those who apprehended him smote him crucified him For these saw him heard him handled him and that roughly Besides the humanity and flesh of Christ is no where called the Word but the Word is said to be made flesh and to dwell in us John 1.14 Adde hereunto that what S. John saw heard and handled was from the beginning 1 John 1.1 Whereas the flesh of Christ was not from the beginning but in time and the fulness of time Gal. 4. There are inward and spiritual senses whereby the man of God sees and hears savors tastes and handles the words of God Such senses there must be because there is an inward man of the heart which must not want his due powers and faculties For since his words are spirit and life John 6. how can they be otherwise perceived then by spiritual senses according to the Apostles reasoning 1 Cor. 2.14 The natural animalish or souly man perceiveth not the things of the Spirit of God for they are foolishness unto him Hebr. 5. v. 14. and he cannot know them because they are spiritually discerned And therefore the perfect men have their senses exercised ãâã ãâã ãâã ãâã ãâã to the discerning of both good evil Heb. 5.14 The words of God are sure firm and certainly true as being demonstrable and that by the most principal demonstration even from the evidence of sense The words which thine eyes have seen For although the words of God are conveyed by hearing whereby faith cometh Rom. 10.17 Yet the most certain sense is that of seeing according to that well-known and approved speech of the Poet Tardiùs irritant animos demissa per aures Quà m quae sunt oculis commissa fidelibus Things heard more slowly move the minde then they Which are committed to faithful eyes Hence proceeds the tactual approbative and experimental knowledge of the divine words So that unto such experienced men we may appeal Do you not see this truth do you not handle with your hands this word of life do you not taste that the Lord is gratious 1 Pet. 2.3 This is the most certain knowledge and most beneficial attainment of the living Word of God when we relish savor handle see and taste it when we have our share of what we know Thus according to the old Etymologist Sapientia est sapida scientia Wisdom is a savory knowledge of divine things I shall end this point with the Apostles prayer for his Philippians For this I pray Phil. 1. v. 9. that your love may abound ãâã ãâã ãâã ãâã ãâã in acknowledgement and all or every sense Phil. 1.9 2. Only take heed to thy self and keep thy soul diligently In which words we must inquire 1. What this self is 2. What the taking heed and keeping of thy self is and 3. What it is only and diligently so to do 1. Moses explaines thy self by thy soul and thy soul by thy heart For so no doubt Animus cujusque is est quisque every mans soul and minde is himself and is very frequently so used in Scripture as I have heretofore shewen Thus what S. Luke 9.5 cals himself S. Matth. 16.26 cals his soul And the soul is here explained by the heart for although the heart sometime be specially taken for the affective part of the soul Phil. 1. v. 9. and is so distinguished from the minde Matth. 22.37 Yet most-what it s understood more generally of all the parts of the soul and the whole inward man so what is called the heart Matth. 15.19 is what is within Mark 7.21 This is thy self here understood when Moses saith Take heed to thy self The word ãâã ãâã ãâã ãâã ãâã turnd take heed is passive and properly signifies Be thou observed or kept and it is the Passive of the same Verb following howbeit the force and use of it is reciprocal and reflex as Deut. 2.4.23.10 Josh 23.11 Mal. 2.15 The LXX render this word by ãâã ãâã ãâã ãâã ãâã to heed which is elliptical and defective in regard of the sense For it signifies no more then adhibere to apply and lay to as ãâã ãâã ãâã ãâã ãâã to apply the minde the understanding the thoughts the heart the memory as we say adhibere applicare adjicere advertere animum to apply ones minde to something This we often meet withal in Scripture Esay 42.25 he laid it not to heart and 47.7 and 57.11 Ezech. 40.4 Set thine heart upon all that I shall shew thee Dan. 10.12 Thou didst set thine heart to understand This is done when we fix our wandring thoughts and desires by meditation and laying them up in our memory and reserving them for life and practice As for the manner measure and degree of keeping it s two wayes expressed in the text 1. Only 2. Diligently 1. Only excludes all other keeping and care of any thing else to be kept except thy self thy heart thy soul at least comparatively so that the keeping of thy self thine heart thy soul is either sufficient of it self in lieu of all other duties or to be preferred before and above all other To which is also added ãâã ãâã ãâã ãâã ãâã that which they render diligently which imports two things 1. Not only care whence Hierom turns it Solicitè carefully and the Orator defines care Aegritudinem animi cum cogitatione a pensiveness of minde with taking thought 2. It implies also strength to be used that thereby we may prove and improve our care whence it s rendred by Valdè which is Validè strongly mightily The Wiseman exhorting to the same duty keep thy heart saith he with all diligence which is better rendred in the margent Prov. 4. v. 23. keep thy heart above all keeping which answers to the Hebrew ãâã ãâã ãâã ãâã ãâã where ãâã ãâã ãâã ãâã ãâã is a note of comparison so that the Wiseman requires a great degree of keeping the heart above all other keeping And
saith unto him walk before me and be perfect Gen. 17.1 Implying that he had given him strength to obey all the affirmative precepts as indeed he did For the Lord himself testifies so much Abraham obeyed my voice and kept my charge my Commandements my Statutes and my Lawes Gen. 26.5 Yea are there not 365. negative Precepts answering to the same number of sinews and ligaments in a mans body as the skilful Anatomists affirm and by like spiritual ligatures the strengthes and powers of the inward man are united and bound together Ephes 4.26 Col. 2.19 that when the powers of the inward man are united and bone joyned unto its bone the spirit may enter into the body so joyned together Ezech. 37.10 and the whole man may be compleated and perfected as our Lord saith John 7.23 He made the man every whit sound on the Sabbath day when men rest from their own workes and work the works of God even in that acceptable year of the Lord figured by the like number of dayes 365. The Lord having given so many affirmative and negative Commandements he contracts them unto ten which are the Decalogue or ten better known then practised Commandements of God SER. XV. and the radical precepts unto which the whole number of affirmative and negative commandements being 613 are reduced and wherein virtually they are contained Yea and as there are six hundred and thirteen affirmative and negative Precepts so there are the same number of Letters in the Ten Commandements And so every letter in the Decalogue imports one precept So that after a sort all the affirmative and negative precepts are comprehended in the Decalogue This is the supputation of the Cabalists reported by Georgius Venetus which I leave to the examination and judgement of others Only thus much we may note that as the multitude of sins occasioned the multitude of precepts so God in mercy contracts the number of his lawes according as his people cease from their sinnes Now whereas this book of Deuteronomy was called by the learned Jewes ãâã ãâã ãâã ãâã ãâã the Book of Reproofs or Rebukes Prov. 15. v. 32. the people being probably amended by their rebukes according to Prov. 15.32 He who is obedient to reproof is possessing an heart that is getting understanding And the argument of this Book answering in many parts of it to the Gospel unto which when Israel now became obedient the Lord was pleased to contract his Ten Commandements to half their number even to five requests And upon supposal of Israels increase and improvement of their obedience the Lord diminisheth the number of his Commandements Whence it is that we read that the Commandements reduced unto four Zach. 8.16.17 These are the things or words which ye shall do 1. Speak yee every man truth to his neighbour Zach. 8. v. 16 17. 2. Judg truth and the judgment of peace in your gates 3. And let none of you think evill against his neighbour in his heart 4. And love ye not an oath of falshood For all these are things which I hate Which yet another Prophet abbridgeth unto three Mich. 6.8 He hath shewed unto thee O man what is good Mich. 6. v. 8. and what is the Lord seeking of thee or from thee but 1. To do judgement 2. To love mercy and 3. Humble thy self to walk with thy God Our Lord Jesus yet shortens the number of the Commandements and brings them to two 1. Thou shalt love the Lord thy God with all thy heart and with all thy soul and with all thy minde or rather reasoning ãâã ãâã ãâã ãâã ãâã For the minde Mens hath the name from resting but ãâã ãâã ãâã ãâã ãâã imports discoursing and reasoning this is the first and great Commandement But ãâã ãâã ãâã ãâã ãâã which our Translators turn and the second is like unto it 2. Thou shalt love thy neighbour as thy self There is reason why our Lord should use ãâã ãâã ãâã ãâã ãâã viz. in regard of him who moved the question a Pharisee v. 34 35. That sect as it is notoriously known like the Pharisees of our dayes pretended much to the first Table and the love of God but little regarded the second Table and the love of their neighbour Wherefore out Lord having satisfied the Pharisees question touching the first and great Commandement The love of God ãâã ãâã ãâã ãâã ãâã unexpectedly he infers the second The love of our neighbour which our Lord knew to be more needful for the Pharisees as it is for those of the same faction in our dayes This was the reason why our Lord directed the Pharisaical yong man to the duties of the second Table only Matth. 19.18 19. Mark 10.19 The Commandements can be but once more contracted viz. unto one and that 's done by S. Paul Rom. 13.9 10. He that loves another hath fulfilled the Law c. And this is the end of the Commandement even love out of a pure heart and a good conscience and faith unfeigned 1 Tim. 1.5 and that which advanceth the chief good even thy good O Israel That 's the last Axiom in these words 9. The Lord entreats and Moses commands these duties for good for thy good O Israel When we read that our God entreats us to fear him walking in all his wayes love him serve him and keep his Commandements and his statutes and further that Moses Commands all these we might think that God and Moses had some notable ends upon us That God would not request nor Moses require these duties of us but for their own great advantage Whereas indeed the end whereat all these aime which the Lords entreates and Moses's commands tend unto is ãâã ãâã ãâã ãâã ãâã for Good at which all things indeed aim or ought to aim Finis bonum convertuntur good is as large as the end and the end is as large as goodness So great an end or reward there is in keeping the Commandements Psal 19.11 And in this end where at all the whole creation aimes or ought to aim the good of Israel is involved And therefore there is added ãâã ãâã ãâã ãâã ãâã to thee or for thy good thine advantage as that word signifies which is a more full expression then that our Translators give for thy good Whence it appears that the obedience to the Commandements of God is comprehended in true self-love For as the beginning of the Christian Religion is self-denial denial of the false self-love Luke 9.23 So the end of it consists in the true self-love when we fear the Lord our God and walk in all his wayes and love him and serve him with all our heart and with all our soul and keep his Commandements and his Statutes for good for our selves What an easie precept is it Love thy self And that 's the end of this Text. Does the Lord entreat us petition us yea beg all this of us and that for good for our own good O Israel Does Moses
Feast 3. The Lord expects a gradual obedience of his people of every one according to what power he hath And as he gives to every one according to his ability Matth. 25.15 So he requires a proportionable improvement of what he gives of every one as he is able Non eadem à summo minimoque not the same of the greatest and least a Lamb-like innocency and fincerity from the weakest from those who are better growen a fruitfulness and profitableness such are the Sheep of the true Shepherd John 10. He requires an helpfulness and cooperation with himself of those who are his strong Oxen 1 Cor. 3.9 that they break up the fallow grounds and tread out the corn and when they have done all to suffer as Lambs Sheep and Oxen Jer. 11. v. 19. as the Prophet saith of himself I was as a Lamb an Ox brought to sacrifice Jer. 11.19 This discovers much hypocrisie in the present generation For there are who exceedingly magnifie the grace mercy of God and his love to mankinde in that he made Christ the spotless and innocent Lamb to be sin or an offering for sin not having known sin that we might be made the righteousness of God in him Who exceedingly cried up the dignity of Christs person that Lamb of God and the invaluable merit of his personal death and passion At quis vituperat But who dispraiseth him said one to him who made a long Oration in the praise of Hercules These can well make large Panegyrical Orations of what God hath done and what Christ hath suffered for them but meantime they consider not nor acknowledge that they themselves have crucified and slain that innocent Lamb in Sodom and Egypt Revel 11.8 and 13.8 Gal. 3. v. 1. even Christ crucified ãâã ãâã ãâã ãâã ãâã Gal. 3.1 in you by the secret sin and the open and manifest sin They boast much of the Paskal Lamb sacrificed for them yet are they not sincere nor purge they out the old leaven of naughtiness and wickedness 2 Pet. 1. v. 9. but take forgetfulness both of Christs expiation and purging them and of their own duty of cleansing themselves of their own old sins 2 Pet. 1.9 One and All. OR Love the fulfilling of all the Commandements SER. XVI SERMON XVI Deuteronomie 19. ver 9. If thou shalt keep all these Commandements to do them which I command thee this day to love the Lord thy God and to walk ever in his wayes THis is Pendula sententia a sentence which depends on somewhat preceding in the former words and hath something depending upon it in the words following It s necessary therefore to the understanding of these words that we know the structure and natural order of the eighth ninth and tenth verses which contain one entire Paragraph The Lord having commanded the building of three Cities of Refuge in the midst of the Land v. 2. He gives order to build three Cities more but this command is upon a condition on Gods part If the Lord enlarge their Coast according to his promise and oath unto their fathers v. 8. But because there is no question but the Lord the faithful God will perform his promise and his oath the two immutable things the only doubt would be whether Israel would perform their duty that the Lord might perform his promise and his oath and therefore the condition on Gods part depends on performance of another condition on mans part which ye have v. 9. If thou shalt keep all these Commandements If this condition be performed then thou shalt build thee three Cities more The end why these Cities must be built ye have v. 10. That innocent blood be not shed in thy land Ye perceive my Text is the second condition according to the order of the words namely that which is required on mans part that the Lord might perform the condition on his part To enlarge their coast Rom. 7. v. 19.21 and so the three other Cities might be built Before we can speak as we ought to these words we must render them right For they are not truly translated as they are now read I read them thus If or when thou shalt keep all that Commandement to do it which I am commanding thee this day to love the Lord thy God and to walk in his wayes all dayes These words are considerable in themselves or with reference unto the neighbour words In themselves considered they afford us these Axioms 1. The Lord is commanding thee this day to love the Lord thy God and to walk in his wayes all dayes 2. Thou oughtst to keep all that Commandment to do it These words considered with reference to the neighbour words If thou shalt keep all that Commandement to do it the Lord will enlarge thy Coast 1. The Lord is commanding us this day to love the Lord our God and to walk in his wayes all dayes This in nature is first For there must be a command before there is an obeying the command Wherein we have the general duty 1. Love of the Lord our God 2. Obedience out of that love 3. The duration or continuance of that love and obedience 4. Gods precept enjoyning that love obedience and duration of it 1. The Lord is commanding us this day that we love the Lord our God This form of speech notes a continued act of commanding The Lord gives not his commands of love and obedience ãâã ãâã ãâã ãâã ãâã all at once Esay 3. v. 9. There hath been a dispute whether the Creator having once in the beginning put an ãâã ãâã ãâã ãâã ãâã Impetus or principle of motion into his creature that were sufficient for the perpetual motion of every respective creature according to its kinde Or whether the perpetual concourse of the Creator be needful to the motion of every respective creature This later hath been more generally received in the School The reason may be 1. In regard of man averse and turned from his God and turned into a vitious self-love a love of the world and the things of the world and therefore he stands in great need of divine concourse continually reclaiming him recalling him requiring and commanding him entreating and requesting him exciting and exhorting him dayly while it is called to day continually every way winning upon him to regain him unto his love 2. Besides the Lords continual claim as I have formerly shewen preserves his right This discovers mans wonderful apostasie from the love of his God who although he be the chief good and therefore naturally most amiable and lovely yet the Lord sees it needful to command man to love him 2. We ought to keep all that Commandement to do it to love the Lord our God What our Translators here turn all these Commandements to do them in the plural is in the singular number only in these words ãâã ãâã ãâã ãâã ãâã All that Commandement to do it Where ãâã ãâã ãâã ãâã ãâã and ãâã ãâã
three first Chapters which as all agree contain many mysteries which therefore were inhibited unto Novices Nor is it every mans businesse to search after this Mine Ungodly men who turn not from their iniquities shall never understand Gods truth Dan. 9.13 and 12.10 the same Prophet denounceth their doom None of the wicked shall understand Who then it follows But the wise shall understand that is the godly wise the beginning of whose wisdom is the fear of God For God giveth to a man that is good in his sight wisdom and knowledge and joy Eccles 2.26 And our Lord Jesus John 7.17 promiseth That If any man will do the Lords will he shall know of the Doctrine that is if any man have a will ãâã ãâã ãâã ãâã ãâã to do the Law of God which is the will of God the Father Psal 40.8 he shall know of the Sons Doctrine which is the Gospel But let us come to the words propounded And the Spirit of God moved upon the face of the waters Gen. 1. Ver. 2. In this Chapter the holy and blessed Trinity meets for the Creation of the Macrocosm or greater World And the Microcosm or lesser World the compendium and breviat of the greater Verse 26 27. As concerning the Macrocosm or greater World the Thargum of Jerusalem turns ãâã ãâã ãâã ãâã ãâã in the beginning ver 1. ãâã ãâã ãâã ãâã ãâã that is In Wisdom which indeed is no other then what David Psal 104. having paraphrased on the works of God in the Creation Verse 24. he saith In wisdom hast thou made them all and the like Psal 136.5 6. To which may be added other like Scriptures This Wisdom is the Son of God and therefore the Interlineary Gloss interprets In Principio in the beginning in Filio sâo In his Son by whom all things were made John 1.3 Which also the Apostle ascribes unto the Son Col. 1.16 who saith he is ãâã ãâã ãâã ãâã ãâã the Beginning So Revel 1.8 He is called the Beginning and 3.24 the Beginning of the creation of God Heaven and Earth the Interlineary Gloss expounds Spiritual Mon who meditate on heavenly things and Carnal Men who have not yet put off the earthly Man Alcuin briefly explaines the first Verse thus In the beginning The Son who being made Man it appeared who were heavenly who earthly so he And therefore it presently followes The Earth was without form and void Which very words Jer. 4.22 23. applies to the foolish people and sottish children who have no understanding until they receive the form of Doctrine So Gloss Ordin The Spirit of God moved The Hebrew word ãâã ãâã ãâã ãâã ãâã signifies the motion of a Bird while she hatcheth Eggs or moveth her self over her young ones We finde the same word so used Deat 32.11 which the Vulgar Latin hath Supervolitans flying over Arias Montanus turns Motitabit She will move her self often and our Translators render well She fluttereth And why the same word may not be here used I know not The Spirit of God is here said to flutter on the waters that is mystically saith the Ordinary Gloss noting hearts which have lost the rest of the minde In regard of the quickning power and tender love of God to his New Creatures he takes on him the affections and acts of Birds which are most loving to their young ones Thus in the place before named Deut. 32.11 God the Father is compared to an Eagle and to Birds flying Esay 31.5 The Son to an Hen 2 Esdr 1.30 I gathered you together as an Hen gathereth her Chickens under her winge Which the Son applies to himself Matth. 23.37 And the Spirit of God appeared like a Dove Mat. 3.16 So that the Holy and Blessed Trinity is ingaged in the work of the outward and inward creation That this Translation may yet appear the more fit we may take notice that some of the best Philosophers have compared the Fire and Air to the Shell and White the Water and Earth to the yolk of an Egge upon which the Spirit of God here is said to sit and move it self The LXX hath here ãâã ãâã ãâã ãâã ãâã which Tertullian turns Supervectabatur was carried over the waters The Chaldee Paraphrast here useth the word ãâã ãâã ãâã ãâã ãâã which signifies to breathe as proper to the Spirit which the Arabick follows But I adhere to the translation which I have already given For the Syriack Interpreter hath a word like that in the Hebrew which signifies the act of a Bird sitting upon Eggs and hatching young ones Nobilius turns the Syriack word Fovebat aquas the Spirit of God nourished the waters Martin Luther useth the word Schwebet as also Piscator which in his Latin Scholia he turns Incubabat the Spirit sat upon the waters as a Bird on Eggs cherisheth them and quickens them that young ones may be hatcht and brought forth out of them Let the waters bring forth abundantly the moving creature that hath life which we may better turn word for word Gen. 1. Ver. 20. the living soul So the French Spanish and Italian Bibles have the words And the Tigurin translation and Pagnin The like we may say of Verse 21. and 24. where our Translators have every living creature the translations now named have according to the Hebrew Every living soul Thus that manner of speech may be made familiar which otherwise is uncouth 1 Cor. 15.45 The first man Adam was made a living soul Cattle and creeping thing and beast of the earth I rather render the last word wild beast of the earth Gen. 1. Ver. 24. For although ãâã ãâã ãâã ãâã ãâã signifie both the tame and wilde beast as the English word Beast may do when it is alone as 1 Sam. 17.46 Yet when ãâã ãâã ãâã ãâã ãâã is added as here it is this signifies tame that wilde So Genesis 8.1 Levit. 26.22 and in many other places GEN. 2.2 On the seventh day God ended his work IF thus we read the words it will follow Chap. 2. Verse 2. that God wrought also upon the seventh day for to finish a work is to work And if God finished his work on the seventh day then he did not rest the whole seventh day and so it should be said that God rested a part of the seventh day For the avoiding of this objection the LXX plainly corrupted the Text and instead of the seventh day put the sixth and read the words thus ãâã ãâã ãâã ãâã ãâã God finished his works on the sixth day This seems to have been their constant reading For Hierom so read it in his time and it is so and no otherwise extant at this day According to the Letter this Knot may be loosed by saying that the word ãâã ãâã ãâã ãâã ãâã used Genesis 2.2 which we render ended Perfecit in the Preter tense may be as well turn'd into the Preterpluperfect tense Perfecerat He had ended because there is but one Preter
opposite hereunto which the Lord puts into the seed of the woman is the work of the Law in us both discovering sin and righteousness to a knowledge of our condemnation for sin and a sense thereof whereby our will and readinesse and easinesse to commit sin is curb'd and checkt and broken in us and some inclination unto obedience out of fear of Hell is wrought in us As the first enmity is Abel so this second is Sheth which signifies a positive Law This Sheth is the Father of Enosh the miserable and wretched man as the word signifies for then men began to call upon the name of the Lord for mercy as our Translators turn the words which shall otherwise render as Saul or Paul did Rom. 7.24 O wretched man that I am c. Acts 9.11 Behold be prayeth This no doubt is a blessed enmity and a good preparation for our conversion unto and our reconciliation with God Psal 94.11 12. The Lord knoweth the thoughts of man that they are vanity Blessed is the man c. and Psal 119.67 Before I was afflicted I went astray but now I have kept thy word Vers 71. It is good for me that I have been afflicted that I might learn thy statutes 3. The third evil in the seed of the Serpent is enmity unto all righteousnesse as Paul saith further unto Elymas Acts 13.10 Thou enemy of all righteousnesse c. And therefore the third enmity hereunto opposite is the glad tydings of grace and mercy unto salvation life and righteousnesse signified by John The grace of the Lord which sweetly melts the heart into godly sorrow inclines it unto the love of all righteousnesse and to serve God freely out of love and good will Psal 130.3 4. If thou Lord shouldest mark iniquities O Lord who shall stand but there is forgivenesse with thee that thou mayest be feared John 4.10 4. The fourth evil in the seed of the Serpent is Caput mali The chief evil even the son of Satan himself the son of Perdition 2 Thes 2.3 That man of sin to be revealed the son of perdition And therefore Paul cals Elymas The child of the Devil Acts 13.10 And therefore opposite hereunto the Lord puts the great enmity even Christ the Son of God working in us to will and to do according to the minde and will of God and against the lusts and will of Satan Thus 2 Cor. 5.19 Christ is reconciling the world c. Ephes 2.14 For he is our peace who hath made both one c. and hath broken down the middle wall of partition between us c. and in 15 16 verses Having abolished in his flesh the enmity even the Law of Commandements Col. 1.21 22. And you that were sometimes alienated and enemies in your minde by wicked works c. and 2.14 Blotting out the hand-writing of Ordinances that was against us which was contrary to us c. All this is done meritoriously and exemplarily by Christs sufferings for us but effectually by his spirit his Crosse and sufferance in us but most fully when we in the second and new birth are made of one heart and spirit with him 1 Pet. 4.1 For as much as Christ hath suffered in the flesh arm your selves with the same minde for he that hath suffered in the flesh hath ceased from sin that he no longer should live the rest of his time in the flesh to the lusts of men but to the will of God Obs 1. Hence we learn That the only wise God who suffered the man to fall he well knew how to recover him out of his fall unlesse the man himself should prove the only obstacle and hindrance of his own restitution Otherwise no doubt he had not permitted the man to fall but that he could and would turn it unto his greater glory and the greater shame and confusion of the enemy The Lord repayes and requites his enemies in their own kind by an ãâã ãâã ãâã ãâã ãâã Obs 2. Lege talionis by rendring them like for like as he did to Adonibezec and he acknowledgeth it Judges 1.7 As I have done so God hath requited me Thus here the most righteous God puts in an enmity against him who had first brought in the enmity against and between God and man Obs 3. There was no other way to recover and save the fallen man then to breake the inward league and amity between him and the Devil and so to reconcile the man unto himselfe for that outward pacification and atonement which Christ purchased by his death could not alone and by it self prove availeable unto salvation without a divorce made and a deliverance wrought from Satan and his kingdom and communion with him Nor could we have had communion with our God again in his spirit presence and Kingdom without this enmity first wrought and put into the woman and her seed Agree then with thine adversary Consent unto the law that it is good Let us who love the Lord be like unto him and he will the more love us Similitudo est causa amoris Now wherein should we expresse our love unto him even by hating sin and iniquity it is the Prophets exhortation Ye that love the Lord see that ye hate the thing that is evill Psal 97.10 Such an hater of evill and the evill one was holy Iob who had his name from ãâã ãâã ãâã ãâã ãâã whence ãâã ãâã ãâã ãâã ãâã the word in the text With allusion hereunto he speaks unto the Lord Thou hast reputed me ãâã ãâã ãâã ãâã ãâã for thine enemy as if he should say thou hast changed my name from ãâã ãâã ãâã ãâã ãâã to ãâã ãâã ãâã ãâã ãâã Job 13.24 If such enemies we be against the evil hence it will come to pass that the Lord will put a perfect enmity into us so that wee shall hate the evill with a perfect hatred and the seed of the woman shall breake the Serpents head Axiom 3. It shall bruise thy head c. These words with those following contain the effect of the fuid between the seed of the Serpent and the woman wherein we must inquire First what is meant by the head Secondly what it is to bruise the head Thirdly who it is or what it is that shall bruise it 1. The word here turned head is ãâã ãâã ãâã ãâã ãâã which is the chiefe part of the man or beast whence the chief of any thing hath the name In the French Chefe is from ãâã ãâã ãâã ãâã ãâã the head In it all the senses and their instruments the sinewes are centred This is in the body as a watch-tower whence the watch-man foresees what ever good or evill is to come whence is the German word haupt from ãâã ãâã ãâã ãâã ãâã to see or foresee unto this part the Iudgment is referred whence to heed or consider hath the name from the head hence is the direction of the members in their functions whence Aquinas saith the two parts of
this day When men fall off from the City of David the City of Gods love 1 Kings 14.17 and the love of their neighbour they thence forth live in Tirza that is according to their own lusts and pleasures in self-love so Tirza signifies And thus S. Paul prophesying of the perillous times which now are if ever his first character of those who make the times perillous is Men lovers of themselves of Caines family 2 Tim. 3.1 2 and his last character of the open sinners is They are lovers of pleasure more than lovers of God All which City of open and manifest sin is covered with a roof of hypocriticall and false righteousness having a form of Godlyness but denying the power of it These and such as these are building the City of Cain which by their own markes are easily distinguished from Gods builders And therefore the Apostle presently after their characters adds shun these They may yet be further differenced by the Cities which they build Gods and Christs workmen are building Bethmaacha the City of contrite lowly and humble men The Devills and his son Cains builders are raising Ramatha the high proud and lofty City which God and his builders are destroying Esay 26.5 Gods City is Bethel the house of God The Devils Avith and Bethaven the house of wickedness and vanity Gods City is Bethulia a company of chaste virgin-soules The Devils City is Seboim a licentious a lascivious a Goatish generation which must be set on the left hand in the judgement Gods City is Bethshemesh the house and Tabernacle of the Sun Psal 19.4 Mal. 4.2 which constantly continues its course of Righteousnesse and goodnesse The Devils City is Jericho or Luneburg Ecclus. 27.11 Hebr. 7.2 as the Fool changeth like the Moon saith the Wiseman Gods City is Sedec whereof the true Melchisedec is King The Devils City is Poneropolis the City of wicked men whereof the Prince of darkness is King and governour Gods City is Salem and Jerusalem the vision of peace The Devils City is Rabbath or Riblatha contention and strife Let Cain and his builders go on and be building Mal. 1.4 The Lord hath said They shall build but I will throw down And they shall call them the border of wickednesse and the people against whom the Lord hath indignation for ever As for us who are Gods workmen and people let us hear the Exhortation of Cyrus His name saith Plutarch signifies the Sun and he delivered the people of God out of captivity and so is a lively type of Christ the sun of Righteousness and our Redeemer He gives us this exhortation Ezra 1.3 Who is there among you of all his people His God be with him and let him go up to Jerusalem and build c. And that of Joab 1 Chro. 15.13 Be of good courage and let us behave our selves Valiantly for our people and for the Cities of our God And let the Lord do that which is good in his sight He was the father of such as dwell in tents By father here is to be understood the Master or Teacher Gen. 4. Ver. 20. as he who is the inventor or author of any Art or Science Now although Father may be a proper expression in the Hebrew tongue yet since ãâã ãâã ãâã ãâã ãâã by metophore will reach also the signification of a Teacher we may so render the word here He was the Teacher of such as dwell in Tents and possess Cattle For ãâã ãâã ãâã ãâã ãâã signifying Cattle and possession because the first and most antient possession was of Cattle this translation may comprehend both without a supplement Unles with Castellio we turn the words thus Qui primus tabernacula habitavit pecuariam fecit Who first dwelt in tents and used grazing or shepherdy Verse 21 So Jubal was the Teacher of every one who handles the Harpe and the Organ It is tru ãâã ãâã ãâã ãâã ãâã signifies to handle but it signifies also a more gentle kinde of handling to touch and so it is a more musical phrase To touch an instrument that is to play upon it as the Chal. Par. turns it here And Jubal so carries jubilation and joyfull shouting in his name And that ãâã ãâã ãâã ãâã ãâã is so to be understood appeares by the next words She bare Tubal-Cain Vers 22 word for word a wheâââ of all workmanship of Brass and Iron Which our Translators metaphorically turn an Instructor We may render the words Tubal-Cain who taught all workmanship of Brass and Iron The poets have deviled a Fable out of this most antient History Of Tubal-Cain they have made Vulcan whom they sain the God of Metalls and Metall-men as by Naamah the Beautiful they may understand Venus and because Metalls cannot be wrought and fashioned without Fire they say he first found out Fire and is the God of Fire whence in the Greek he hath his name ãâã ãâã ãâã ãâã ãâã or by the Dorick Dialect ãâã ãâã ãâã ãâã ãâã that is ãâã ãâã ãâã ãâã ãâã the Father or Inventor of Fire He is said of his Metalls to have made the first Armour and Weapons of war A Trade very fit for one of Cains posterity Upon the whole matter we may note thus much That the family of Cain the men of the Old World were ingenious and witty in finding out the profits and pleasures of the world and meanes and wayes to defend themselves in the fruition of them and offend others and therein they lived voluptuously eating and drinking marrying and giving in mariage untill the day that the floud came and took them all away And thus the men of the old world prefigured the men of this later world according to that proverbial speech What befell the fathers were types unto their children Such are the men of this world who walk in the same way of Cain Jude vers 11. and must expect the like or worse destruction Matth. 24.38.39 2 Pet. 3.6.7 He called his name Enos Then began men to call upon the name of the Lord. What But then Did not Abel righteous Abel Gen. 4. Ver. 26. Hebr. 11.4 did not he call upon the Name of the Lord What nor Seth a man of that noted piety that he was accounted ãâã ãâã ãâã ãâã ãâã a God among men deificatus homo even a Godded man saith Theodoret. And did not Seth call upon the name of the Lord If so how then is it said that in the time of Enos Men began to call upon the name of the Lord These inconveniencies may render the translation suspected and yet the more because scarce any one translation speaks like another Drusius in his Fragm Interpretum Graec gives this translation of the words Tunc caeptum est invocari nomen Domini then the name of the Lord began to be called upon and then adds Interpretatio auro contra non cara The interpretation is not dear at any price I shall shew what
to the Jewes which of you convinceth me of sin Iohn 8.46.7.8 That very question was conceived to be a very great sin and occasioned another Say we not well that thou art a Samaritan and hast a Devill Mat. 27.23 Nay their malice ended not in reproachfull words For when Pilate asked them what evill hath be done T was evill enough to have done no evill The text saith they cryed out so much the more let him be crucified It was sin enough in Paul so to have walked and pleased God that he could truely say I have lived in all good conscience before God untill this day Then Ananias commanded those who stood by to smite him on the mouth Acts 23.2 And it was well he scaped so Nor is this observable onely in the visible Church but in every Nation who so ever fears God and works righteousness and so walkes and pleaseth God initially Acts 10. as Cornelius did even for that very reason he is not accepted of men That Hermodorus was bannished from Ephesus Aristides Themistocles Alcibiades and others from Athens by Ostracisme no other reason can be given but onely that they were excellent men and abounded more than others in doing good They walk'd up to that light they had Nor is there any other cause alleaged by Lampridius why Heliogabalus was displeased with Alexander his adopted son but onely because he was unlike unto his father a continent chast and temperate man Nor why the same Emperour put Ulpian the great Lawyer out of his place but onely because he was an upright and honest man in it Indeed other reasons are alledged commonly as against Socrates and others but the onely true one was that which the Ephesians as Strabo reports used when they bannished Hermodorus ãâã ãâã ãâã ãâã ãâã We will not that any of our Citizens be too good and profitable unto others And that country man had not yet learn'd the art of Seeming when coming to Athens he met Aristides called the Just going out of the City and gave him an account why he came to Athens to bannish him why saith Aristides What evill have I done that you intend this evill against me The Country man answered him bluntly Mihi non placet istud nomen Justi I like not saith he this name Just But why stand we on particulars Wisd 2.12 Salomon long since discovered the general designe of ungodly men against those who endeavour to walk and please God and exceed others in so doing it fits them of this generation extream well Let us lie in wait for the righteous because he is not for our turn and he is clean contrary to our doings He upbraideth us with our offending the Law and objecteth to our infamy the transgressions of our education He professeth to have the knowledge of God and he ââlleth himself the childe of the Lord He was made to reprove our thoughts He is grievous unto us even to behold for his life is not like other mens His wayes are of another fashion we are esteemed of him as counterfeits He abstaineth from our wayes as from filthinesse He pronounceth the end of the righteous to be blessed and maketh his boast that God is his Father After this long enumeration of his crimes alleaged against him they proced to sentence Let us see if his words be true and let us prove what will happen in the end of him For if the just man be the Son of God he will help him and deliver him from the hand of his enemies Let us examine him with despitefulnesse and torture that we may know his meekness and prove his patience Let us condemn him to a shameful death But this is the great consolation to Enoch and his Enochites which over-poiseth all the contempt and hatred of the evil world To them Enoch ãâã ãâã ãâã ãâã ãâã Enoch is no body despicable and hateful But God receives him Enoch pleased the Lord saith the Wise-man and was translated and was an example of repentance to all generations Ecclus 44.16 17. Noah who walked with God also was found perfect and righteous in the time of wrath He was taken in exchange for the World therefore was he left as a remnant unto the Earth when the flood came Yea though Enoch and his Enochites be given for lost men Esa 62.12 Psal 83.3 yet the time will come when that of the Prophet shall be fulfilled They shall be sought out Though pursued and persecuted yet the Lord hides them and then they are safe Nor man nor other Creature can hide it self from God nor can man or any other Creature finde those out whom God hides Yea though the Devil himself by subtilty and violence attempt their destruction yet the Gates of Hell shall not prevail against Gods hidden Ones What though the evil one walk about seeking whom he may devour What though he cast his fiery darts at us Gen. 15.1 and 17.1 What saith God to Abrabam the Enochite and every one of his children Walk before me and be perfect I am thy shield that will quench the fiery darts of the evil one Yea the Lord is a buckler unto them that walk uprightly Prov. 2.7 Such protection holy David promised himself and all the true Enochites who walk and please God Psal 27.5 and 31.20 Thou shalt hide them in the secret of thy Tabernacle Temples are alwayes held inviolable So that they whom the Lord hides in his Tabernacle and Temple and the secret of it that is 1 Cor. 3. in himself must needs be safe For as his Enochites are his Tabernacle and Temple Rev. 21.22 Exod. 33.21 so is he theirs He hides them ãâã ãâã ãâã ãâã ãâã in the Rock that is in Christ where Moses was hid when he saw God And now they are ãâã ãâã ãâã ãâã ãâã beyond al the power that the enemy has to hurt them Thou shalt keep them secretly from the prides of men in the time of wrath thou shalt hide them from the men of the army When is there greater trouble or danger than in the time of war and wrath when the Lord opens Din Then thou shalt hide them from the sword-men Ab ore gladii from the power of the sword and à gladio oris from the strife of tongues All this imports preservation from evill And the good is as great whereunto he preserves them For How great is the Goodness that thou hast laid up for them that fear thee which thou hast wrought for them who hope in thee ãâã ãâã ãâã ãâã ãâã Ex diametro ãâã ãâã ãâã ãâã ãâã maugre all the opposition of the sonnes of men Lastly what is that greatest good which the eye of the naturall man hath not seen nor his ear heard nor has it entred into his heart to conceive That good the great God hath promised to Abraham and his sonnes the true Enochites who walke before him and are perfect Gen. 17.1 To
I live as many an one vseth that oath in vain and falsely O but this is Gods revealed will God has a secret will opposite unto his revealed will 1. If it be Gods secret will how comest thou to know it 2. Thou hast herein a worse conceit of thy God than thou wouldest have of him whom thou thinkest to be an honest man Obj. 2. But the Lord afflicts me and laies heavy strokes upon me These are not the wounds of an enemy but the chastisements of a father And these are arguments of his love When the Physitian purgeth and lets his patient blood it 's a certain signe he has hope of his life and would have him live Why does the heavenly physitian launce thee purge thee Why does he let thee blood let out the sinfull life the blood is the life Thy sins are as scarlet red as crimson Thou hast not yet resisted unto blood striving against sin Hebr. 12.4 If the Physitian should leave purging If the Physitian of thy soul should leave correcting thee and chastening thee and prescribing cordialls unto thee If he should give thee over there were some cause of fear If the father leave chastning his Son and let him go out of his house and spend his substance ãâã ãâã ãâã ãâã ãâã out of the state of salvation yet if he return he receives him Mark how the Psalmist concludes and I shall conclude with him Psal 118.17 18. I shall not die but live and declare the works of the Lord. Why his reason followes The Lord hath chastned me sore but he hath not given me over unto death Open to me the gates of righteousness I will go in to them I will praise the Lord. Iacob was a plain man dwelling in tents Genesis Chap. 25. Ver. 27. I looked for the word ãâã ãâã ãâã ãâã ãâã here used either in the text or at least in the margent to be rendred Perfect but here is no notice taken of any such signification Howbeit Martin Luther and the Low Dutch the Tigurin Bible and the Spanish as also Castellio Munster Vatablus and Piscator render the word Intire which is neer to that which it properly signifies Perfect and so two of our old English Translations have it and Pagnin What others have simple as in the Vulg. Lat. is the same with what is in our English plain the LXX have ãâã ãâã ãâã ãâã ãâã sine fuco ãâã ãâã ãâã ãâã ãâã Ceb. Tab. to this purpose saith R. Sal. he was not experienced in all things but ãâã ãâã ãâã ãâã ãâã as his heart was so was his mouth as he thought so he spake Howbeit simplicity is either opposite unto worldly wisdom 2 Cor. 1.12 Prov 8.5 and 9.13 or to divine wisdom In the former sense Jacob was simple plain intire and perfect The word in the Scripture before us is of a twofold signification 1. Consumi perdi destrui to be consumed and destroyed 2. To be finished accomplished perfected which may be comprehended in these two words consumi and consummari Psal 104.35 with 37.37 to be consamed or consummated The reason of this double signification seems to be this because the nature of perfection consists in the consuming and destroying of what ever is opposite thereunto and the accomplishment of that holinesse and righteousnesse which God requires according to what the Prophet saith Ezech. 22.15 2 Cor. 7.1 I will consume thy silthinesse out of thee And the Apostle exhorts to perfect holinesse in the fear of God Accordingly the word is rendred by the LXX ãâã ãâã ãâã ãâã ãâã all which import unspotted unreproveable innocent pure guiltless and siniple plainnesse and so a privative perfection in which whosoever walketh unto him the positive perfection shall come 1 Cor. 13. Psal 101.2 whereof the Apostle speakes And David walking in the former prayes for and expects the later What is added That he dwelt in Tents R. Salomon would have understood the tents of Shem Heber ãâã ãâã ãâã ãâã ãâã as having frequented their Schools But he is here said to be a perfect man dwelling in tents which imports his perfect estate and that he was now perfectly gone out of himself to dwell with his God The harvest the full harvest was now come to him when after the gathering in the fruits of their labours they kept the Feast of Boothes with greatest expressions of joy Exod. 23.16 17. which prefigured the eternal reward of all our labours when we shall be received into everlasting Tabernacles Luke 16.9 Deut. 16.13.14 15. when ãâã ãâã ãâã ãâã ãâã thou shalt surely or onely rejoyce and according to the Apostles exhortation Rejoyce in the Lord alwayes Let us Phil. 4.4 O let us be faithful servants to the Lord that we may be perfect also enter into that joy of our Lord and dwell in the everlasting Tabernacles Gen. 27. Ver. 34.38 Matth. 25.21 Esau cryed with an exceeding bitter cry and said unto his father Blesse me even me also O my father And verse 38. Blesse me even me also O my Father What they here turn in both verses even me also is ãâã ãâã ãâã ãâã ãâã as if it were the Accusative whereas the word is the Nominative and Esau saith I it is I or I am thy son O my father His speech is interrupted by passion It is good counsel that of the wise man Ecolus 18.30 31. Go not after thy lusts but refrain thy self from thine appetites lest thou lose the principal blessing and when it is too late seek it with tears Gen. 27. Ver. 38. Hebr. 12.17 Hast thou but one blessing O my Father Where it s said Hast thou but one blessing The Relative ãâã ãâã ãâã ãâã ãâã that is quite left out by all translators except only that of Pagnin amended by A. Mont. The words should be expressed thus Hast thou but that one blessing O my father That is ãâã ãâã ãâã ãâã ãâã distinctive whereby is implyed a twofold blessing one of the heavenly man the other of the earthly Gen. 27. Ver. 39. Thy dwelling shall be the fatnesse of the earth and of the dew of heaven from above In the margent we read or of the fatnesse But if either way we understand the words what great difference will there be between Jacobs and Esaus blessing in this particular except only that the order is inverted But why then does Esau cry with a great and exceeding bitter cry Verse 34. And why doth he threaten to kill his brother Verse 41. Some diversity 't is very probable there is in this part of Jacobs blessing The words may be rendred thus Thy dwelling shall be without the fatnesses of the earth and without the dew of heaven The Hebrew will bear this sense ãâã ãâã ãâã ãâã ãâã without the fatnesses ãâã ãâã ãâã ãâã ãâã and without the dew And in the same sense out Translators render the very word Psal 109.24 My knees are weak through fasting and my
will drive out that sin and perversenesse so shall we become Bethel Gods house Yea if with Jacob we build the altar of patience the strong the mighty God will be with us as he was with Jacob Gen. 28.15 and of weak with Jacob will make us strong as Israel Gen. 35.10 Heb. 11.34 Esau said I have enough my brother Gen. 33. Ver. 9. The word ãâã ãâã ãâã ãâã ãâã which is turn'd enough signifies abundance vast large and great plenty The LXX have ãâã ãâã ãâã ãâã ãâã I have many things The Vulg. Lat. Habeo plurima I have most things But none of these amount to what we call enough which is an ãâã ãâã ãâã ãâã ãâã a self-sufficiency A learned Rab. observes that these words Esau spake out of the pride and swelling of his heart like Pharaoh or Nebuchadnezzar for in his whole story it may be noted that he never names or owns God unlesse happly when he sware away his birth-right Gen. 25.33 But Jacob as it appears by his whole history acknowledgeth God to be the author of all the good which befell him especially Gen. 32.9 10. I am not worthy of the least of thy merits for With my staff I passed over this Jordan and now I am become two bands And in his discourse with Esau These are the children which God hath graciously given thy servant Gen. 33.5 And Verse 11. God hath dealt gratiously with me And accordingly Isaac though he blessed both Jacob and Esau yet in blessing Jacob he names the Lord and God Gen. 27.27 28. See the smell of my son is as the smell of a field which the Lord hath blessed Therefore God give thee of the dew of heaven and of the fatnesses of the earth c. But in blessing Esau he useth neither name Verse 29.40 But our Translators here make Esau say I have enough when he said I have much and they make Jacob say I have enough when he said I have all things Ver. 11. Howbeit let us improve the sense of the Translators to the best They might render ãâã ãâã ãâã ãâã ãâã enough which is much implying that he who hath much ought to be satisfied and to think he hath enough They might render ãâã ãâã ãâã ãâã ãâã enough which is all things implying that he who hath enough is satisfied and desires no more he indeed hath all things And the reason is Desiderium sold vera est confessio paupertatis He who desires any thing confesseth himself a poor man As Ahab King of Israel was yet a poor man because he wanted and desired one spot of ground 1 Kings 21.4 5 6. And Haman though in all the glory of a sole favourite to the greatest King yet wanted Mordecai's knee to make him honourable Though the Translators might thus Philosophize yet nor ãâã ãâã ãâã ãâã ãâã nor ãâã ãâã ãâã ãâã ãâã will bear their translation Let us examine what they make Jacob say Gen. 33. v. 11. I have enough I have enough The words of Jacob so rendred by our Translators are ãâã ãâã ãâã ãâã ãâã I have all things Esau saith v. 9. I have enough Gen. 33. Verse 11. but it should be rendred I have much The word is ãâã ãâã ãâã ãâã ãâã Jacob exceeds Esau and saith I have all things But how had Jacob all things One of the learned Jews saith Three men the blessed God gave to taste in this world the Fountain of the world to come 1. Abraham because it is written Gen. 24.1 And the Lord had blessed Abraham ãâã ãâã ãâã ãâã ãâã in all things 2. Isaac because Gen. 27.33 and I have eaten ãâã ãâã ãâã ãâã ãâã of all 3. Jacob because Gen. 33.11 said I have ãâã ãâã ãâã ãâã ãâã all things So he These three the holy blessed God took into his Name which he said should be for ever Exod. 3.15 and made them partakers of his nature And therefore they might every one of them well say I have all things Jacob in special manner had God with him Gen. 28.15 For habet omnia qui habet habentem omnia He hath all things who hath God with him who hath all things saith one of the Ancients In which sense the Apostle is to be understood speaking of himself and his fellow Apostles ãâã ãâã ãâã ãâã ãâã As having nothing and possessing all things 2 Cor. 6.10 Mysticè Hereby is signified unto us 1. The moderation and reasonableness of the natural man Esau saith I have enough or I have much He was content with what he had 2. The affluence and abundance of the heavenly man and his benediction and influence upon the natural man Jacob saith Take I pray thee my blessing that is brought to thee because God hath dealt gratiously with me and because I have all things Put away the strange gods that are among you Gen. 35. Ver. 2 3. and be clean c. Our Translators use often this word among for what properly is in or in the midst of men as John 1.26 Gal. 3.1 Colos 1.27 Marg. and elsewhere The word ãâã ãâã ãâã ãâã ãâã here used signifies medium the midst or inmost part which is the heart the usurped seat of the idols and false gods Ezech. 14.3 Out of which Jacob requires all of his houshold to put them away in order to their going up to Bethel This was not expressed in Gods command Verse 1. but implyed onely Whence yet Jacob rationally gathered a command to be given unto his house And from this place Aben Ezra infers that every evil man who goes to pray he ought to purifie himself And good reason for what agreement hath the Temple or house of God that 's Bethel with idols 2 Cor. 6.16 Since therefore O house of Jacob ye are the Temple of God as it follows immediately and ye are now to ascend and to return unto your heart Psal 85.9 LXX and Vulg. Lat. how can ye think of the goodness of God in the midst of his Temple unlesse ye be clean 2 Cor. 7.1 Yea how can ye ascend into the hill of the Lord and stand in his holy place unless ye have clean hands and a pure heart Psal 24.3 4. Revel 21.27 When all the outward Images Crosses Pictures and Crucifixes and all the painted Glass-windows are broken it may be then hoped that zealous reformers will consider these things and that Mammon is a strange god and Covetousnesse is idolatry Col. 3.5 that the belly is made a god by them who mind earthly things Phil. 3.19 that pleasure is a false God and they are true idolaters who are lovers of pleasure and of their own wills more then lovers of God O house of Jacob put away these and all other strange gods that are in the midst of you in your hearts and be clean and change your garments as Jacob and the Apostle adviseth put off the old man with his deeds and put on the new man and let us arise and go up to Bethel the
the Lord through this Joachim would renew the world raise up and restore his people Israel bring them out of Egypt And such a restitution is as life from the dead But by the name of Moses more properly was prefigured what literally the Lord by Moses afterward should do viz. bring the people out of the waters Where is he that brought them up out of the Sea c. that led them by the right hand of Moses c. Esay 63.11 12 13. Hereby also was foreshewen what spiritually Moses doth viz. He draws men out of the sea of wickednesse as David confesseth 2 Sam. 22.17 ãâã ãâã ãâã ãâã ãâã He drew me out of many waters Or according to the proper work of Moses which then was and afterward should be He shall draw me out of many waters For by Moses is figured the Tractus Dei Patris the drawing of God the Father of which the Son speaks No man can come unto me except the Father who hath sent me draw him John 6.44 And this work of the Father Moses faithfully performs in men whether they regard it or not For the Apostle saith that Moses was faithful in all Gods house as the servant of the Father And this thou wilt not deny who ever thou art if thou well consider it When thou hast an opportunity to go beyond thy brother in bargaining opportunitas est maxima peccandi illecebra opportunity may possibly invite and draw thee so to do But what is that which withdraws thee from so doing what else but Moses he is the drawer of the Father and Gods faithful messenger unto thee Thus when thou lookest upon a woman and wouldest lust after her opportunity is an arrant Baud. The Fathers servant Moses withdrawes thy heart from thinking on a woman Job 31.1 I withheld thee saith the Lord to Abimelech from sinning against me Gen. 20.6 Thou hast eaten and drunk enough to suffice nature whence now is it that thou forbearest Thou hast one within thee who saith Be not drunk with wine wherein is excesse Ephes 5.18 Cynthius aurem vellit Thy Monitor Moses inwardly speaks unto thee Thou art wrathful and wouldest smite yea kill him who provokes thee What is that which holds thy hands Thou hast a faithful and meek Moses in thee who saith Doest thou well to be angry Be angry and sin not that is Be angry with thy self that thou mayest not sin Thou art sad and terrified by apprehension of some future evil which is likely unavoidably to befal thee whence thou art ready to lay violent hands upon thy self desperation saith the Philosopher is the cause of ãâã ãâã ãâã ãâã ãâã self-murder What 's that which now whispers to thee and saith Do thy self no harm Stultum est ne moriare mori Its folly to die lest thou shouldst die Thou hast committed one or other of these sins what caufeth that remorse in thee Ye have one who accuseth you saith our Lord even Moses John 5.45 And truly men are very much too blame who take no more notice of Moses's work in themselves since from hence it comes to passe that men heedlesly suffer themselves to be drawn aside by their earthly affections and lusts For as God the Father so the father of lies hath his Drawer also Ye read Gen. 36.36 of Samlah of Masrecha one of Edoms Kings We have drawing on the right hand and on the left Moses on the right hand drawes from vanity unto Christ and his kingdom Samlah on the left hand so Samlah signifies he drawes unto vanity that is Masrecha the drawing of vanity For he who is so tempted is drawn away by his own lust and enticed saith S. James 1.14 O let us who are of Gods houshold be faithful unto Moses as Moses is faithful unto us and to all Gods house It will be our wildom to yield unto his drawing and the benefit is inestimable which thereby will redound unto us A man of understanding trusteth in the Law and the Law is faithful unto him as an Oracle or as the answering of Urim saith the son of Syrach Ecclus 33.3 A great incouragement to the people of God to believe God and his servant Moses And it came to passe when Moses was grown Exod. 2. Ver. 11. that he went out unto his brethren and looked on their burdens and he spied an Egyptian smiting an Hebrew one of his Brethren c. What our Translators here render grown as also ver 10. is ãâã ãâã ãâã ãâã ãâã Moses was grown great or he was a grown man For S. Stephen saith that that time when it came into his heart to visit his brethren he was full forty years old Acts 7.23 In which interim the Protomartyr saith Moses was learned in all the learning of the Egyptians and was mighty in words and in deeds ver 22. Which makes that probable which Josephus Antiq. lib. 2. and Clem. Alex. lib. 1. Strom. report of Moses his being General of the Egyptian forces and waging war with the Ethiopians of whom he obtained a glorious victory c. and many other great works wrought by Moses before he visited his brethren And therefore the LXX turn ãâã ãâã ãâã ãâã ãâã ver 10. ãâã ãâã ãâã ãâã ãâã grown strong and manly and the same word ver 11. they render ãâã ãâã ãâã ãâã ãâã grown great Accordingly Arias Montanas hath magnus factus in both verses he was grown great And the great exploits if we believe Josephus and Clem. Alex. both already atchieved and now undertaken by him declare him to be no youngling The onely wise God makes choise and furnisheth such as he sets a work with great abilities proportionable to great enterprizes But whereas we have a spiritual Moses with us even him whom the Lord said he would raise up like unto Moses Acts 3.22 would God he were grown great in us Ephes 4.13 that he might effect the like works in us which Moses wrought among the Hebrews according to the flesh when he was grown great He came forth the first day and flue the Egyptian And at the first coming of the spiritual Moses he destroyes ãâã ãâã ãâã ãâã ãâã the Egyptian even the known sin which entangles us in its straitnesses Moses appeared the second day ver 13. and went about to compose a difference between two Hebrews and said ãâã ãâã ãâã ãâã ãâã to the wicked one which our Translators turn to him that did the wrong which is not a translation of ãâã ãâã ãâã ãâã ãâã but a good paraphrase taken either out of the LXX or out of Acts 7.26 27. wherefore smitest thou thy fellow And so at the second coming of the spiritual Moses he reproves the false Righteousness Moses after all his miracles in Egypt drowns Pharaoh and his host in the Red Sea And the spiritual Moses atchives this great work also Mich. 7 15-19 which is ascribed unto Jesus Jude v. 5. V. Lat. All these three great works we finde promised to be wrought
should sincerely aim at and labour to obtain those exceeding great and precious promises of God to become partakers of the divine nature having escaped the corruption that is in the world through lust 2 Pet. 1.4 And since as Tully could say it is Proprium Dei servare benefacere its Gods property to preserve from evil and to do good herein let every one endeavour to be homo homini Deus every man a god unto another The Lord incline and strengthen every one of us so to be And Pharaoh said Who is the Lord Exod. 5. Ver. 2 3. that I should obey his voice to let Israel go c. And they said The God of the Hebrews hath met with us Let us go c. Moses and Aaron here named the Tetragrammaton ãâã ãâã ãâã ãâã ãâã whom Pharaoh saith he knoweth not that is he owns not for his God and therefore he denies obedience unto him And here he first hardens his own heart against the commandment of God whom because the Lord punisheth not in his person or neer relation as Exod. 12.29 the Lord by his clemency is said to harden his heart whereas indeed Phararoh by occasion of Gods sparing him further hardens his own heart Exod. 8.15 and 9.34 until the death of his first-born awakened him And then his hard heart began to be more pliable Exod. 12.29 30 31. because he feared he should be the next which is the reason of that doubtful speech Exod. 3.19 He will not let you go not by a mighty hand or marg but by a strong hand nolens volens Unto these words of Pharaoh Who is the Lord c. I know not the Lord neither will I let Israel go Moses and Aaron make answer according to our Translators thus The God of the Hebrews hath met with us c. This answer doth not satisfie Pharaohs question For though I deny not but ãâã ãâã ãâã ãâã ãâã signifies to meet with one as it is used for ãâã ãâã ãâã ãâã ãâã Exod. 3.18 because ãâã ãâã ãâã ãâã ãâã and ãâã ãâã ãâã ãâã ãâã are interchangable yet whether some other signification may not be more fit for this place let the godly learned judge Pharaoh saith Who is Jehovah c. Moses and Aaron answer thus The God of the Hebrews is called upon us c. That 's their answer word for word and its proper to Pharaohs question wherein they certifie Pharaoh who Jehovah is and their relation unto him He that is His Name is called upon us we are called by his name which is a very frequent Scripture phrase Esay 43.7 ãâã ãâã ãâã ãâã ãâã every one that is called by my Name c. Thy name ãâã ãâã ãâã ãâã ãâã is called upon us Jer. 14.9 and very many the like which is a satisfactory answer unto Pharaohs question And thus the Chald. Par. ãâã ãâã ãâã ãâã ãâã The God of the Jewes is called upon us And so the Samaritan is here translated Thus also Arias Montanus Deus Hebreorum invocatus est super nos O that we well considered who and whose name is called upon us who it is who owns us for his people and knowes who who are his which is one part of Gods sure foundation and seal so should we who name the name of the Lord depart from iniquity 2 Tim. 2.19 So we should be bold in him as those Jews were who gave this answer to them who asked them We are the servants of the God of heaven and earth c. Ezra 5.9 So as Moses and Aaron here when Pharaoh asked Who is Jehovah they answered The God of the Hebrews is called upon us Let there more work be laid upon the men Exod. 5. Ver. 9. The Hebrew words sound thus Let the work be heavy upon the men which might have satisfied our Translators and been put into the Text and not cast into the margent For there is a time of voluntary service of sin when men bear the work and service of sin lightly of which state they speak Numb 11.18 It was well with us in Egypt until the Lord came to visit and redeem them Exodus 4.31 And then the spiritual Pharaoh and his Task-masters the ruling lusts lay load upon them make their work heavie and them sensible of it Opera carnes terrina opera opera seculi actûs terrae luteae explere ministeria works of the flesh earthly works works of the world the durty drudgery of sin saith Origen such as the Apostle calls the service of uncleannesse Rom. 6.19 and make them servants of the pot of filthy lucre Tit. 1.7 of divers lusts and pleasures Tit. 3.3 Of this state speaks the Apostle Rom. 7.15 c. Now the service of sin becomes involuntary and now the servant cries out for deliverance Verse 24. Who shall deliver me The answer is Gratia Dei per Jesum Christum V. Lat. the grace of God by Jesus Christ Cum duplicantur lateres venit Moses When the tale of Bricks was doubled then Moses came and then the people were most fit to receive him And when men groan under the Egyptian burdens which are their sins then is the spiritual Moses the Prophet like to Moses most welcome and such he invites and welcomes unto himself who are weary and heavy laden and he gives them rest Matth. 11.28 And I will sever in that day Exod. 8. Ver. 22. the land of Goshen in which my people dwell that no swarms of flies shall be there c. What the Translators here turn I will sever is ãâã ãâã ãâã ãâã ãâã which signifies more then a meer severing or separating It addes somewhat which may excite wonderment as indeed such a separation ought to do if duly considered For what through want of due regard is neglected the same advisedly considered of may provoke admiration And a very powerful means this separation was to perswade the heart of Pharaoh into an acknowledgement and admiration of Gods great power if he had not hardened it but rightly thought on the exact division that God made between the good and the evil the oppressed and their oppressours the Israelites and the Egyptians Yea not onely between their persons but also between their cattle as Exod. 9.4 where the Lord makes the like wonderful separation The end which the Lord herein aims at is that Pharaoh yea and all ungodly men in the world might be induced to take notice of the divine power and God-head Romans 1.20 and so be brought to believe in God the Father This was the very end which the Lord here intended as appears by the following words I will marvellously separate the land of Goshen c. to the end that thou mayest know that I Jehovah am Lord or Governour so the Greek Chald. Pharaph and Arabic Version in the midst of the Earth By like wonderful separation in distributing rewards and punishments in the world the Lord begins the first dispensation and advanceth belief in God the Father
Psal 111.9 He sent redemption unto his people which S. Augustine and Euthymius understand of Christ As God sent them redemption by Moses so a more excellent redemption by Christ Psal 130.7 in which place we have ãâã ãâã ãâã ãâã ãâã and ãâã ãâã ãâã ãâã ãâã And the Lord Jesus gave his life ãâã ãâã ãâã ãâã ãâã a ransom for many Matth. 20.28 Nor do I doubt but the reason why we finde in the history of the Israelites coming out of Egypt so frequent mention of the Lords out-stretched Arm as Exodus 6.6 Deut. 4.34 and 5.15 and 7.19 beside many other places is that thereby the holy Spirit might intimate unto us the Redemption wrought by Jesus the Arm of the Lord as he is often expresly called Esay 40.10 and 51.5 and 53.1 compared with John 12.38 who should bring his people again out of Egypt Psal 68.22 And therefore with good reason the translations of the Reformed Churches or the most of them render the word ãâã ãâã ãâã ãâã ãâã here Redemption as the French Bible the Spanish the Tigurin Martin Luthers Piscators and two Low Dutch translations Vatablus and Munster and of our old English Translators Coverdale and two others And I doubt not but all who love Redemption rather then Division will be of the same minde O thou Israel of God! The Lord hath sent and put his Redemption between his people and the spiritual Pharaohs people The Lord the Redeemer comes to Zion to them who turn from transgression in Jacob Esay 59.20 that he may redeem our souls from deceit and violence that we may not use deceit or violence towards others not others toward us Yea he gave himself for us a ãâã ãâã ãâã ãâã ãâã a ransom that he might redeem us from all iniquity and purifie unto himself a peculiar people zealous of good works Titus 2.14 O when will it once be Intreat the Lord for it is enough that there be no more mighty thunderings and hail Exod. 9. Ver. 28. and I will let you go c. The words Pray to the Lord ãâã ãâã ãâã ãâã ãâã which the Translators turn For it is enough sound onely multùm and much which if we refer unto the act of prayer as Arias Montanus doth it may import Pharaohs request for the intention of their prayer Pray ye to the Lord and that not perfunctorily and negligently but much earnestly and zealously as the King of Nineveh thought to be Sardanapalus as notorious for lasciviousness as Pharaoh was for cruelty in his fear of destruction he commanded the people to cry mightily unto God Jonah 3.8 Qui frigidè rogat docet negare he who prayes coldly brings with him a denial of his prayer And thus ãâã ãâã ãâã ãâã ãâã may signifie ãâã ãâã ãâã ãâã ãâã much and intensely As for ãâã ãâã ãâã ãâã ãâã enough joyn'd to the mighty thundrings and bail as the Translators render it there is no doubt but Pharaoh would think he had soon enough of them but here he seems to fear they were so great that they could not be removed without prayer and that much earnest and zealous prayer But let us hear what answer Moses returns to this request of Pharaoh And Moses said unto him Exod. 9. Ver. 30. as soon as I am gone out of the City I will spread abroad my hands unto the Lord c. But as for thee and thy servants I know that ye will not yet fear the Lord God The word ãâã ãâã ãâã ãâã ãâã which is here turn'd not yet includes a negative and so it makes that sense which the Translators have given But it signifies also priùs antequam priusquam before or before that as Exod. 1.19 According to this signification of ãâã ãâã ãâã ãâã ãâã the words will yield this sense As for thee and thy servants I know that ye are afraid of the face or presence of the Lord God ãâã ãâã ãâã ãâã ãâã is à propter à conspectu or because ãâã ãâã ãâã ãâã ãâã may signifie the angry face or countenance of the Lord I know ye are all afraid of the wrathful face of the Lord God before that is before I pray which was the thing desired and here supposed in the speech of Moses to Pharaoh ãâã ãâã ãâã ãâã ãâã from the face or presence is quite left out by our Translators It includes fear as Psal 3. in the title David fled ãâã ãâã ãâã ãâã ãâã for fear of Absalom as the woman fled ãâã ãâã ãâã ãâã ãâã from the face of the Serpent Its evient that the words will bear this sense Which the Arabick Version inclines to in part referring these words to those which follow verse 31. as also Vatablus Now it rests to be inquired into whether is the more probable meaning of the words and whether suits best with the context That of the Translators is this I know that ye will not yet fear the Lord God The other I know that ye are afraid of the face of the Lord God before I pray Moses is desired to pray to the Lord and that earnestly that the thunders and hail may cease Whether disposition of these two is the more likely to encourage Moses and Aaron to pray unto the Lord for Pharaoh and his servants and more probable to incline the Lord to hear their prayer According to the former Moses knew that they would not yet fear the Lord. What incouragement could this be to Moses to pray for them They did not yet nor would they yet fear the Lord therefore pray and pray earnestly How does that follow Simon Magus in the gall of bitterness and bond of iniquity intreated Peter to pray for him Acts 8.24 but we read no answer that Peter made to that motion What incouragement had he to pray Nor is it likely that the Lord should be inclined to hear Moses's prayer for Pharaoh and his servants For upon like consideration the Lord forbids Jeremy to pray for his people Jer. 11.14 and 14.11 The other disposition is this I know that ye are afraid of the face or presence of the Lord before that is before I pray This disposition might be a good motive unto Moses to pray for Pharaoh as for his own sinful people now under a slavish fear Exodus 33.4 5 6. And the like fear might incline the Lord in like case to spare Pharaoh as he did Ahab 1 Kings 21.27 28 29. and Rehoboam and his people 2 Chron. 12.1 7. It is clear that Pharaoh and his servants were for the present in a more hopeful condition to be praid for according to this later translation then they are according to the former Howbeit Moses speaks doubtfully of Pharaoh and his servants ãâã ãâã ãâã ãâã ãâã they were in a mutable state under slavish fear Ye are afraid of the face or presence of the Lord before I pray for you whereby is implyed a contrary disposition feared to be in them which would be discovered after he had
Spirit of God descended upon him and the voice from heaven testified of him Matth. 3.16 17. And by the same Spirit we are all baptized into one Body 1 Cor. 12.13 and that Spirit flutters over the waters as in the first creation Gen. 1.2 so in the second and makes the new creatures when the Egyptians are drowned Mich. 7.19 that is the body of sin is destroyed that hence-forth we should not serve sin Rom. 6.6 Consider this O ye Christian men and women who say ye are baptized into the Name of Christ yet live in your sins and flatter your selves that ye shall live for ever with Christ Know ye not that so many of us as are baptized into Jesus Christ are baptized into his death Rom. 6.3 If so ought any one sinne to live in us The Lord hath made a gracious promise that he will have compassion on us and that he will cast all our sins into the depths of the Sea Mic. 7.19 as he cast all the Egyptians Let us pray unto the Lord that he will send forth his Spirit into us whereby we may mortifie our sins and so live Rom. 8.13 For if we so die with him we then be believe that we shall also live with him Rom. 6.8 Then shall the truth of that which the Psalmist speaks be fulfilled in us Psal 106.11 The waters covered their enemies the Egyptians there was not one of them left Then believed they his words they sang his praise Thou in thy mercy hast led forth thy people Exod. 15. Ver. 13. Thou hast guided them in thy strength to the habitation of thy holiness The words are ãâã ãâã ãâã ãâã ãâã This people ãâã ãâã ãâã ãâã ãâã The Translators have quite left out the demonstrative ãâã ãâã ãâã ãâã ãâã this The LXX read ãâã ãâã ãâã ãâã ãâã for they so here expresse it ãâã ãâã ãâã ãâã ãâã This thy people So likewise the Chald. Par. The word ãâã ãâã ãâã ãâã ãâã is very often spoken of Israel though very often also they be called ãâã ãâã ãâã ãâã ãâã as Jos 3.17 4.1 Zeph. 2.1 But when ãâã ãâã ãâã ãâã ãâã a nation is opposed to the people of God then it signifies the Gentiles as Psal 115.2 and 126.2 And there is the like reason of ãâã ãâã ãâã ãâã ãâã people often spoken of the Jews and ãâã ãâã ãâã ãâã ãâã most what understood of the Heathen Howbeit because the Jewes as many Christians also rather affect names and titles of Gods people then the reality and being of such and put off from themselves what names might diminish their honour and lay them on other people as they call Abimelech though but one person by the name ãâã ãâã ãâã ãâã ãâã Gen. 20.4 therefore God justly brands them with that infamous name if there be any infamy in it and multiplyes it upon them for their sin Ezech. 2.3 I send thee to ãâã ãâã ãâã ãâã ãâã nations because a divided and a factious people As for like reason they are spoken of in the plural number Acts 4.27 Against thy holy childe Jesus whom thou hast anointed both Herod and Pontius Pilate with the Gentiles ãâã ãâã ãâã ãâã ãâã and the peoples of Israel c. For a disobedient people are not owned by the Lord for a people as Deut. 32.21 They have provoked me to jealousie by that which is not God and I will provoke them to jealousie ãâã ãâã ãâã ãâã ãâã with those who are not a people Who are they but all nations who walk in their own wayes So the Apostle applies that Scripture Rom. 10.19 and 11.11 12. Otherwise ãâã ãâã ãâã ãâã ãâã and ãâã ãâã ãâã ãâã ãâã is a title honourable to the obedient people of God And ãâã ãâã ãâã ãâã ãâã This increaseth that honour which S. Paul expresseth Acts 13.17 The God ãâã ãâã ãâã ãâã ãâã of this people Israel Would God that they and we who boast our selves to be Gods people would seriously endeavour to be such that it may be truly said of us what the Apostle speaks Ye are a chosen generation a royal Priesthood a peculiar people that ye should shew forth the praises of him who hath called us out of darkness to his marvellous light who in time past were not a people but are now the people of God 1 Pet. 2.9 10. But let us proceed to the later part of the verse Thou hast guided them in thy strength to the habitation of thy holiness The words are metaphorical as the former and borrowed either from a Shepherd in regard of his Flock or a Father in respect of his Childe or a King in reference to his Subjects All which relations suppose or require as love and tenderness so likewise power and strength in the Shepherd Father and King in every one toward his respective charge And the Lord takes upon him out of wonderful condescent all these and other endeering names of a Shepherd Psal 80.1 Of a Father Deut. 32.6 Of a King Esay 43.15 Now as the Lord shewed his mercy and love in the former part of this verse Thou in thy mercy hast led forth this people whom thou hast redeemed so in the later part of this verse before us he declares his strength for so I would render these words Thou hast born them in thy strength for in this and other verses of like nature the later part adds somewhat to the former Since therefore in the former part of the verse Gods goodness is declared in leading forth his people so in this later his power and strength is manifested in bearing his weak and feeble flock children and people For though guiding in our English adds nothing to leading yet ãâã ãâã ãâã ãâã ãâã imports more then ãâã ãâã ãâã ãâã ãâã For ãâã ãâã ãâã ãâã ãâã signifies not onely to lead or guide but also to bear and support in guiding or leading And so the Chald. Par. hath here ãâã ãâã ãâã ãâã ãâã Portâsti eum thou hast born them So likewise the Vulg. Lat. and Symmachus hath ãâã ãâã ãâã ãâã ãâã thou hast carried them Martin Luther also and Piscator and three Low Dutch Translations as also five of our old English Translations have the word carry but whom ever they followed they misappy it to the former Verb which belongs to the later O Israel know thy Shepherd thy Father thy King They are all mutually winning titles of our God and signifie his goodness and power in guiding us and bearing us Whence ãâã ãâã ãâã ãâã ãâã a Prince has his name from Bearing And ãâã ãâã ãâã ãâã ãâã a King is ãâã ãâã ãâã ãâã ãâã the foundation of his people And Kings are called ãâã ãâã ãâã ãâã ãâã the Shepherds of their people Such a King such a Shepherd such a Father is our God unto us who bears us as a Father bears his childe Deut. 1.31 O let us not abuse his love and patience toward us let not us cause him to complain as he hath done of
ãâã and the LXX ãâã ãâã ãâã ãâã ãâã that he will not kill me Thus our Lord Matth. 16.4 A signe saith he shall not be given unto it which words S. Mark reports thus with an oath ãâã ãâã ãâã ãâã ãâã Verily I say unto you if a sign be given to this generation which the Syriac expresseth verily I say unto you that a signe shall not be given unto this generation and so our Translators rightly turn the words there there shall no signe be given to this generation So the servants of the King of Syria swear ãâã ãâã ãâã ãâã ãâã that they shall prevail over Israel 1 Kings 20.23 and other like examples we may adde as that more notable Psal 95.11 To whom I sweare in my wrath ãâã ãâã ãâã ãâã ãâã If they shall enter into my rest that is that they shall not enter into my rest as the Apostle explains those words Hebr. 3.11 compared with ver 18. ãâã ãâã ãâã ãâã ãâã that they shall not enter So in this place before us ãâã ãâã ãâã ãâã ãâã is a note of swearing and the Scripture should be so expressed The Master of the house shall be brought unto the Judges That he hath not put his hand to his neighbours goods If this seem harsh we must know that an oath is wont to be understood by an Elipsis and defective speech as in the former examples may appear But if any supplement here be thought needful it should not be that or any such as that which our Translators adde to see but rather to swear for so the Greek Interpreters here have expressed the words the Master of the house shall come ãâã ãâã ãâã ãâã ãâã before God so they render ãâã ãâã ãâã ãâã ãâã which we more rightly turn Judges ãâã ãâã ãâã ãâã ãâã and shall swear that he hath not dealt wickedly in all the pledge of his neighbour So Hierom also jurabit and he shall swear The Chald. Par. retains the genuine defect common with the Hebrew ãâã ãâã ãâã ãâã ãâã Si non The Syriac also and the Arabic and Samaritan translations express the words in form of an oath Vatablus also and the Tigurin Bible and Castellie as also Tremellius who hath this supplement Juramento se purgaturus he shall be brought before the Judges to purge himself by an Oath c. The like supplement hath the French the Italian and Spanish Translations and two Low Dutch The other was mislead by Luthers translation as also Munster and Piscator and one of our old English translations which our last followed But Coverdale and all the rest understood the words as an Oath And it is much that ours were so mistaken For in the 11 verse following we have the very same words with those before us in the form of an oath as they there translate them Whence we may take notice with what fear and reverence we ought to take an Oath for the Scripture here prescribes a defective speech in expressing an Oath as they who speak out of fear are wont in speaking to lose some word or other And the Scripture omits especially such words as bode evil as execrations and curses which are commonly understood in Oathes And it may teach us in like case to forbear all imprecations and evil wishes to our selves or others and to suppresse them under an Euphemismus or to use some circumlocution rather then plainly to pronounce them Thus much even the Heathen may teach us as in that known broken speech Quos ego sed motos praestat componere fluctûs How much more may we learn this of David Psal 132.3 ãâã ãâã ãâã ãâã ãâã If I come into the tabernacle of my house and the like ver 4. that is surely I will not c. How much yet more may we learn this of God himself who swearing useth an abrupt and imperfect speech which is ãâã ãâã ãâã ãâã ãâã an antecedent without a consequent If they enter into my rest Psal 95.11 what remains is understood Let us be followers of God and be taught by him as his dear children Ephes 5.1 and forbear swearing and cursing yea and lying and stealing and committing adultery c. for which the land mourneth Hos 4.2 3. Therefore now put off thine ornaments from thee Exod. 33. Ver. 6. that I may know what to do unto thee And the children of Israel stript themselves of their ornaments by the Mount Horeb. The people had not put on their ornaments as appears ver 4. which is spoken by anticipation otherwise the Lord had not here commanded them to put them off The words contain the Lords precept with the end of it and the peoples obedience thereunto But whether that obedience be set forth by the place where it was performed or from the cause moving them thereunto there 's the question For ãâã ãâã ãâã ãâã ãâã does not signifie by as it is here turn'd but from as it is rendred in the Chald. Par. ãâã ãâã ãâã ãâã ãâã in the Samaritan the Syriac and Arabic Versions also in the Vulg. Lat. A Monte LXX ãâã ãâã ãâã ãâã ãâã from the Mount Horeb. So Castellio and one Low Dutch Bible Vatablus and Munster render the word juxta and ad yet they confesse that its à Monte in the Hebrew Tremellius and Diodati adde a supplement far from the Mount Horeb. Another tells us that here is Enallage praepositionis an enallage or change of one preposition for another viz. à for ad or juxta from for at or nigh But if we admit of such changes we shall soon elude and lose that sense which the Spirit of God aims at Only one of our old English translations hath from but with an unreasonable supplement viz. After Moses came down from the Mount Horeb. The rest of our translations have by or under or before as others have at or neer It s evident from this variety of translations and all differing among themselves and from the Original that there must be something amiss they saw not how the word would yield a good meaning if rendred from But suppose that ãâã ãâã ãâã ãâã ãâã be turn'd from as from the Mount Horeb what sense shall we make of it The Mount whether Sinai or Horeb two tops of the same Mountain where the Law was given signifies the Law there given by a Metonymie Hebr. 12.18 Ye are not come to the Mount that could be touched that is the Law given in Mount Sinai or Horeb opposed to the Gospel figured by Mount Sion ver 22. whence it went forth Esay 2.3 Compare also Gal. 4.21 with 24. As for ãâã ãâã ãâã ãâã ãâã it doth not only note a distance but implies a cause as Hos 12.9 I am the Lord thy God ãâã ãâã ãâã ãâã ãâã from the land of Egypt that is from my bringing thee out of the Land of Egypt It is the Lords argument whereby he claims his people as peculiar to himself Exod. 20.2 3. And that indeed it is so
as well to the Lord to whom the burnt Sacrifice is offered as to the person who offereth it He shall offer it for grace or favour to himself from the Lord. And accordingly the Lord makes promise of acceptance verse 4. On the contrary the Prophet tells the Jews in the same expression Your whole burnt-offerings ãâã ãâã ãâã ãâã ãâã are not to acceptation Jer. 6.20 This hath been the most ancient translation of this Scripture So the LXX ãâã ãâã ãâã ãâã ãâã He shall bring it acceptable So the Chald. Par. the Syriac Arabic and Samaritan versions the Vulg. Lat. Martin Luther three Low Dutch translations the Tigurin Bible and Castellio and of our old English Coverdale and another And to this I rather encline because the whole burnt Sacrifice offered to the honour of God prefigured the body of sin to be destroyed and that service accepted through Jesus Christ of the Lord. But because the Lord loves a cheerful giver saith the Apostle 2 Cor. 9.7 I dare not reject that other translation Yea why may we not according to that admirable fulness of the holy Word admit of both Namely so that the mortifying Spirit of God excites the Good will of him who offereth ãâã ãâã ãâã ãâã ãâã according to his own will that the Son through whom we offer up all our Sacrifices Hebr. 13.15 meets him who offers willingly That the Father through the mediation of the Son accepts of him who so willingly offereth and his offering ãâã ãâã ãâã ãâã ãâã to his grace and savour Thus is the service of God pourtrayed in the ceremonies of the Old Testament especially in this mystical Book ½ and lively represented in the New Since the Lord promiseth so gracious acceptation let us be encouraged willingly to come and bring our whole burnt offering the dally mortification of our sin through the mediation of the High Priest so shall we and our Oblation finde acceptance in the Beloved Ephes 1.6 If thy oblation be a meat offering baken in a pan Levit. 2. Ver. 5. it shall be of fine flower unleavened mingled with oyl It s much doubted what ãâã ãâã ãâã ãâã ãâã is whether a Pan as it s here turn'd or a flat plate or a slice as it is in the margent or a Platter or a Gridiron For all these have their Authors and we are left to conjecture what it is or which of all these it is or whether none of all these I know all or most Expositors have herein followed the judgment of a learned Jew Howbeit since in doubtful things every man hath liberty to conjecture I believe that this vessel was neither slice nor flat plate much Iess a Gridiron but rather a baking or boyling or Frying-pan My reasons are 1. From the original of the word ãâã ãâã ãâã ãâã ãâã which according to the most is ãâã ãâã ãâã ãâã ãâã to hide so that it seemes a vessel of some depth wherein the meat-offering was to be hidden But whereas some conceive that the word ãâã ãâã ãâã ãâã ãâã is from ãâã ãâã ãâã ãâã ãâã which we read 1 Chron. 23.29 We must 2. Further enquire concerning the use of this vessel which was that therein the meat-offering was to be baked or boyled or fryed Now since we read Levit. 6.14 15. that the meat-offering was thus offered the Priest shall take of it his handful of the flowre of the meat-offering and then is added and of the oyl thereof its apparent that the vessel wherein it was boyled or baked or fryed could not be a smooth plate or stice much less a Gridiron since such it must be that must hold the oyl as well as the meat-offering which therefore could be no other then some hollow pot or baking or boyling or Prying-pan Hierom renders the word by Sartago a Frying-pan So Pagnin Vatablus Munster Tremellius and the Tigurin Bible And whereas verse 7 we read oâ a meat-offering in a Frying-pan Hierom and the other Latin Translators there have Frixorium which differs from Sartago But what is this to us The ãâã ãâã ãâã ãâã ãâã or meat-offering is rendred by the LXX sometime ãâã ãâã ãâã ãâã ãâã a Sacrifice which is here used sometime ãâã ãâã ãâã ãâã ãâã a gift as Gen. 4.4 but that is most-what used for gifts given by Subjects to their Princes as 1 Kings 4.21 and elsewhere sometime ãâã ãâã ãâã ãâã ãâã an Oblation as Psal 40.6 This gift is offered unto God either by Christ himself or by those who are Christs 1. Christ himself gave himself unto God ãâã ãâã ãâã ãâã ãâã an Oblation and Sacrifice unto God both which words answer to ãâã ãâã ãâã ãâã ãâã the meat-offering Ephes 5.2 and thereby caused the legal Sacrifice and Oblation prefiguring him to cease Dan. 9.27 2. In vertue of Christs Sacrifice and Oblation they who are Christs offer up Sacrifices and Oblations unto God either immediately as their prayers so Psal 141.2 Let my prayer be directed unto thee as the incense and the lifting up of mine hands as the Evening Sacrifice Or mediately when men do good works unto men which God accepteth as done unto himself Phil. 4.18 Hebr. 13.15 Yea the converted Gentiles as the Prophet foretold Esay 66.20 were to be offered up as a meat-offering in a clean vessel which the Apostle as the Priest offered up Rom. 15.16 But whereof did the meat-offering consist Surely of fine flowre as appears Levit. 2.1 The flowre of that wheat which fell into the ground and died and brings forth much fruit John 12.24 which our Lord understood of himself and so decipher'd himself unto the Greeks who came to Jesus ver 20.21 They came to see his person and he shews the mystery of himself that he is the increase of God growing up in us even the pretious fruit of the earth James 5.7 8. which must be grownd or beaten so that the husk and bran must be purged from it For so Christ growes up in us according to the flesh and letter until we have been dead with him and risen with him we then attain unto some maturity and ripeness when as unto the flesh he disappears and we then begin to know him according to the Spirit 2 Cor. 5.17 and become new creatures Upon this unleavened sincere fine flowre the oyl is powred Levit. 2.1 That oyl is a figure of the holy Spirit and love of God that perfect gift which descends from the Father of lights James 1. For when Truth thus springs out of the earth Righteousness looks down from heaven Psal 85.11 This meat-offering must have Frankincense upon it even the incense of our prayers Psal 141.2 This meat-offering no doubt is a pretious gift and it requires a clean vessel which may hold it even a pure and clean heart Esay 66.20 The Lord is good unto such an Israel Psal 73.1 who are of a clean heart Such as these shall see God Mat. 5.8 Such a meat-offering such a clean vessel with all our
persons devotions and prayers shall be accepted of God being sanctified by the holy Ghost Rom. 15.16 If a soul shall sin through ignorance against any of the Commandements of the Lord concerning things which ought not to be done Levit. 4. Ver. 2.13.22 and shall do against any of them I have three exceptions against the translation of this second verse whereof two are common to verse 13. 22. 1. What is here rendred against any of the Commandements is ãâã ãâã ãâã ãâã ãâã Ex omnibus praeceptis of all the Commandements 2. What they put in a Parenthesis concerning things which ought not to be done is ãâã ãâã ãâã ãâã ãâã which should not be done 3. What is turn'd against any of them is ãâã ãâã ãâã ãâã ãâã from one of them 1. What a difference is here in the first ãâã ãâã ãâã ãâã ãâã among all the significations reckoned up by Grammarians doth not signifie against nor doth ãâã ãâã ãâã ãâã ãâã signifie any unless joyn'd with a negative as Exod. 20.10 ãâã ãâã ãâã ãâã ãâã Non facies omne opus i.e. ullum that is as our Translators turn that place well thou shalt not do any work 2. What reason had they to put those words in a Parenthesis concerning things which ought not to be done And what need was there of that supplement concerning things I suppose to make the best of it it might be this pious consideration whereas these words the Commandements of the Lord come immediately before if these words which ought not to be done shold so follow there might be an ill inference made viz. That some of the Commandements ought not to be done But they well knew that as ãâã ãâã ãâã ãâã ãâã signifies as well a negative precept as an affirmative as the Rabbins call ãâã ãâã ãâã ãâã ãâã a precept-do an affirmative precept and ãâã ãâã ãâã ãâã ãâã a precept-thou shall not do a negative precept so that ãâã ãâã ãâã ãâã ãâã a precept or Commandement is common unto both Yea themselves elsew where so render the words without scruple as Psal 15. wherein there are more negatives then affirmatives yet they conclude the Psalm he that doth these things shall never fall Zach. 8.16 17. These are the things which ye shall do c. where there are things to be left undone which the Lord saith he hateth Yea although the Decalogue or Ten Commandements are more of them negative then affirmative yet how ordinary is it with the Lord to enjoyn us to do his Commandements For to do them is to obey them whether affirmative or negative 3. What they turn against any of them is from one of them And ver 13. If they have done some what against any of the Commandements whereas the Hebrew words are if they have done ãâã ãâã ãâã ãâã ãâã one of all c. And again verse 22. If the Ruler hath done somewhat against any of the Commandements c. the words are to be rendred as before if he hath done one of all c. In these places the note of universality all the Commandements and the singularity of the breach and violation of one of them are both slur'd and vanish in conceptum confusum into an obscure indefinite How much better hath the Tigurin Bible expressed both in ver 2. If a soul shall sin through errour in cunctis prohibitionibus Domini quae fieri non debebant ipse verò unum ex illis fecerit c. In all the prohibitions of the Lord which ought not to be done but he hath done one of them c. So Vatablus So Luther also mentions one of the Commandements and two Low Dutch Translations Pagnin also and Tremellius Piscator and the French Bible I note this the rather because of that almost general neglect of Gods Commandements held by some not to belong to a Christian man by others to be impossible to be kept through the grace of God by any man and this opinion amounts to the same in effect with the former whereas these three verses beside manifold other Scriptures forcibly prove that as the Lord requires both of the Priest and the People of the Ruler and all and every one under his power an universal regard to be had to all and every one of his Commandements so he supposeth that all and every one of these have respect unto all the Commandements of God and to every one of them in that he prescribes an offering in case any one of them hath broken one Commandement and that out of ignorance and errour And certainly the like care and observation yea greater ought to be had by us Christians in respect of all every Commandement of God For although it be now almost commonly believed that there is something to be remitted and abated of the strictness and rigour of the Law in our Evangelical obedience in regard of that which was required of them who lived under the Law that assertion is altogether groundless and untrue which yet therefore hath obtained belief and approbation amongst most men because it is easie For they love an easie religion a-life Proclives à labore ad libidinem men by corrupt nature hate what is hard and difficult love their ease But the Gospel indeed requires more obedience of us then the Law which may appear as by that which our Lord affirms Except your righteousness exceed the righteousness of the Scribes and Pharisees which yet was ãâã ãâã ãâã ãâã ãâã the most strict Heresie as the Apostle calls it Acts 26.5 ye shall by no means enter into the kingdom of heaven Matth. 5.20 As also by our Lords exposition of the Law that the obligation of it reacheth to the soul and spirit Matth. 5.21 c. Yea the penalty of disobedience to the Gospel is more grievous then that for the breach of the Law For if the word spoken by Angels was stedfast and every transgression and disobedience received a just recompence of reward how shall we escape if we neglect so great salvation Hebr. 2.2 3. and 10.28 29. He who despised Moses Law died without mercy under two or three witnesses How much sorer punishment shall he be thought worthy of who hath troden under foot the Son of God c. And great reason there is For where the Lord hath given more grace he may justly expect more obedience and duty from us according to our Lords rule of equity Luke 12.48 Let us well consider this O Reader who ever thou art and let us conscientiously regard every one of Gods Commandements and take great heed lest we break any one of them since he who breaks but one Commandement is guilty of all James 2.10 As in a copulate Axiom saith the Logician one false part renders the whole Axiom false And a Chrystal Glass or Mirrour though broken but in one part yet the whole Glass is said to be broken And one breach made in the Glass of righteousness the holy Word of God
11.12 28. lest his people being mingled among the Nations should learn their works and swear by other gods See the truth of this Jer. 12.14 15 16. Thus saith the Lord against all mine evil neighbours c. it shall come to pass if they shall diligently learn all the wayes of my people to swear by my Name The Lord liveth as they have taught my people to swear by Baal then they shall be built up in the midst of my people And we now live mixt one with another good and bad together and every one endeavours to assimilate and render another like unto himself O that every one of us so far as we have attained would endeavour to render another like unto God! Now although swearing by the Name of God rashly vainly and falsly and without just cause hath alwayes been a sin and so accounted Ecclus 23.9 13. Yet the universal prohibition hereof was reserved until the time of Reformation Matth. 5.33 37. Howbeit that this kinde of swearing ought not here to be understood but Adjuration only and to put an end to controversies among men as hath been said will appear to be true if we lay to the words now questioned and compare with them what Solomon saith Prov. 29.24 He that is partner with a thief hateth his own soul ãâã ãâã ãâã ãâã ãâã he heareth adjuration and uttereth it not Where we have these very words of the Law Levit. 5.1 and an exemplification of it In this case the Arabic Proverb is not to be understood Repentance for silence is better then repentance for speech And that of Cato hath no place here Nam nulli tacuisse nocet nocet esse locutum For silence in this case argues a consent unto evil Take notice here Christian Reader how strict the Lord is in requiring a discovery of sin and that the truth should be brought to light and judgement and that under a ceremonial dispensation so that he who concealed his knowledge rendred himself guilty And shall we who ought to depart from and hate every evil way and every iniquity and loathe it in our selves shall we hide and keep anothers sin as sweet under our tongue In this case it will well beseem our Christian prudence and charity to enquire what will be more profitable for our brothers reformation whether to accuse him and discover his sin as Joseph did his brethrens Gen. 37.2 or at least for a time with lenity and pious long-suffering to bear his weakness But if we wink at and dissemble our brothers sin as if we favoured it and waited not for a fit time for reproof of it we make our brothers sin and guilt our own and our tenderness and clemency toward our brother will be interpreted no less then contumacy and disobedience toward God Remember how Solomon concludes his Ecclesiastes and with it I shall conclude this Essay God will bring every work into judgement and every secret thing whether it be good or whether it be evil And the Priest shall make an atonement for him concerning his sin Levit. 5. Ver. 6. This sense is imposed upon these words beside their genuin and proper meaning which is this And the Priest shall expiate or purge him from his sin The only difficulty if any there be is in ãâã ãâã ãâã ãâã ãâã whether it be referred to the person purged from his sin and so ãâã ãâã ãâã ãâã ãâã to purge or expiate is construed with ãâã ãâã ãâã ãâã ãâã Or whether it have reference to the Sacrifice as Arias Montanus understood it Both have their Authors and their meanings good As for Atonement what is meant by it but union with God or oneness as when God and man are at one And how can that be wrought while the sin intervenes and keeps man at a distance from his God Esay 59.2 It is true indeed that the Spirit of God hath couch'd two actions under one word ãâã ãâã ãâã ãâã ãâã 1. to cover and 2. to purge cleanse or expiate But although ãâã ãâã ãâã ãâã ãâã signifie to cover yet not so as ãâã ãâã ãâã ãâã ãâã 1 Pet. 2.16 as a cloak to cover knavery not so as to hide the sin but as a playster is applyed to cover and so to cure and heal a wound and so the first signification will fall into the second Thus the Tigurin Bible renders the words verbatim Et expiabit eum sacerdos à peccato suo And the Priest shall purge or expiate him from his sin And the Chald. Par. saith the very same though somewhat otherwise translated So Munster so Vatablus so Tremellius so Diodati And although the Spanish Bible hath reconcilierà in the text yet it hath expiarà the Priest shall expiate in the margent If meantime the sin remain how can the atonement or reconciliation be made since sin is the only make-bate Quod turbat omnia which therefore if it remain and be not really and truly removed and taken away the wrath and the condemnation and guilt and obligation unto death must remain with it What is wont in this case to be said that there is no condemnation to them that are in Christ Jesus which words are usually cited alone and the following words suppressed it is true of them who walk not after the flesh but after the spirit whom the law of the spirit of life in Christ Jesus makes free from the law of sin and death in whom the righteousness of the law is fulfilled Rom. 8.1 4. It is true these actions are all of them ceremonial poor and beggarly rudiments yet by them are figured out the pretious truths of God touching atonement with God and expiation from sin as gold is weighed out by brass or leaden weights The real purging from our sins by Christ is meant by the ceremonial expiation wrought by the Priest and the sacrifice And therefore the Apostle so reasons if the blood of Bulls and Goats and the ashes of an Heifer sprinkling the unclean sanctifieth to the purifying of the flesh so far then it did sanctifie how much more shall the blood of Christ who through the eternal Spirit offered himself without spot to God Purge your consciences from dead works to serve the living God Let us well consider this Christian Reader lest in a matter of so great concernment unto our immortal souls we suffer our selves to be deceived by concerning a word of very large signification which if it mean any thing but expiating the sin take heed of it Dolosus versatur in generalibus if we be deceived in the figure we shall also be deceived in the Truth it self which is conveyed by it But suppose the sin only covered which is that which many contend for if it yet remain in us what singular benefit is the Reconciliation or Atonement unto us only that the putrid and loathsom ulcer is skin'd over that the remorse and clamour of the guilty conscience is quiet and stilled for a time that the malefactor is
ãâã ãâã my neer ones mine intimate ones Thus ãâã ãâã ãâã ãâã ãâã a Minister either of State as unto the Prince is neer unto him in place and relation so the sons of David were ãâã ãâã ãâã ãâã ãâã 2 Sam. 8.18 Chief Rulers or Princes for which we read 1 Chron. 18.17 ãâã ãâã ãâã ãâã ãâã at the hand of the King and so expressed in the margent of our translation Or ãâã ãâã ãâã ãâã ãâã is a Minister of God neer unto God in a typical place and relation as Ezech. 42.13 They are holy chambers where the Priests ãâã ãâã ãâã ãâã ãâã which our Translators turn which approach unto the Lord. The words signifie neer unto the Lord. The separate place there is the Holy and Mostholy and therefore Chambers neer it are holy Chambers wherein holy persons the Priests must eat the most holy things And therefore Arias Montanus both in the place before us and in this place of Ezechiel turns the word in question Propinqui neer ones neer unto the Lord in typical place and neer in relation So likewise Tremellius So Luther Piscator and three Low Dutch translations So likewise the Spanish Castellio indeed hath accederent who should come neer but he explains himself in the margent ut libarent that they might facrifice Secondly although the people of God also are said to be neer unto him Psal 148.14 ãâã ãâã ãâã ãâã ãâã as our Translators render it a people neer unto him yet is the Priest by his office more neer unto God as he who causeth the people to come neer unto God so very often the Priest brings neer him that offereth and his oblation and Moses brings neer Aaron and his sons For the Priest is he whose duty it is to be a middle man between God and the people saith Chrysostom and to make intercession for the people as Moses and Aaron often did And because the Priests are such as intervene and make intercession for the people they ought in reason to be more eminently pious and holy then the people for whom they intercede and in some measure like unto the great High Priest and Intercessor the Lord Jesus Hebr. 7.26 Such intercessors were Noe Samuel Daniel Job and others who were all neer unto God For it is not the office alone but the sobriety and temperance the righteousnness holiness and piety of him who bears it which ingratiates the Intercessor with our God Otherwise they who by office are neer for want of due qualification befitting their office they may be far off And this was the case of these two Priests Nadab and Abihu For since ex malis moribus ortaesunt bonae leges good lawes are occasioned by ill manners it s much to be suspected and some of the Jews Doctors doubt not to affirm it that Nadab and Abihu had erred through wine and strong drink which made them forward in offering their strange fire Whence it was that presently after the burial of these two Priests the Lord gives this charge to Aaron Vers 9. Do not drink wine nor strong drink thou nor thy sons with thee when ye go into the tabernacle of the Congregation lest ye die It shall be a statute for ever throughout your generations And the Lord addes reasons for this Law ver 10.11 This sin disposed them to commit another Their Intemperancy inclined them to impiety One sin is not long alone They kindle a fire of their own and worshipped God with their own assumed and pretended holiness There is and hath been much of that which the Apostle calls ãâã ãâã ãâã ãâã ãâã Col. 2.23 Will-worship in the Church of Christ for which they are most zelotical who are of a lower dispensation and under the discipline of the father For what they are not able by Scripture and reason out of Scripture to commend unto the consciences of men they commonly enforce upon their belief by an hot heady and ignorant zeal These things were ill boded in the names of these two young Priests Whereof Nadab signifies voluntary implying his own will and choise in the worship of God The other Abihu the father himself as he who was under the dispensation of the Fathers law And such as these commonly obtrude their own Electa sacra their own chosen holiness and what Hierom calls Boni opinio what they think good upon the service and worship of God Which is evil in the people but much worse in the Priest When iniquity thus burns like a fire Esay 9.18 it kindles Gods wrath which is also a fire Deut. 32.22 This sin cannot seem little when the punishment of it is so great even fire by fire and a strange fire by a strange act of God For so he calls his Judgement Esay 28.21 This proceeding of God was most just and necessary For the first trangressors of any law new made are exemplary in their sin and therefore must be exemplary in the punishment also of their sin Whence it was that the Lord ratified his lawes by signal punishments of those who first brake them Thus after the delivery of the moral law though the greatest part of the people sinned by committing idolatry Exad 32. Yet the Lord punished them for that sin by the death of many thousands That rule which holds among men Quod multis peccatur multum est avails not with the Judge of all the world In the example here mentioned the ceremonial Lawes having been newly given in most Chapters foregoing in this book of Leviticus these lrwes first violated by the Priests who of all other ought to have observed them the wise and just God punished these in that wherein they offended If we descend to the times of the Gospel we shall finde that when ãâã ãâã ãâã ãâã ãâã that way and manner of Christian community and living in common was first instituted two religious pretenders Hypocrites and Lyars violating that institution suffered condigne punishment and exemplary for their exemplary sin Acts 5.1 10. After the institution of the holy Supper when some in the Church of Corinth Invitâssent se plusculum had eaten and drunk more then was convenient for those who should communicate at the Lords table for that cause many were weak and sickly among them and many slept 1 Cor. 11.30 For by the punishment of some few the most wise and merciful Lawgiver and Judge prevented like transgression by the multitude ut terror ad omnes poena ad paucos veniret that all Israel might hear and fear and do no more such wickedness which is the end of punishment Deut. 13.11 and 17.13 and 19.20 and 21.21 This business concerns you O ye Priests Nor ought ye to think it any disparagement as vain men conceive when they so call us but indeed an honour if worthily so called For howsoever the word Priest as the office is corrupted a Priest is no other then ãâã ãâã ãâã ãâã ãâã one grown up to the spiritual old age of Christ unto that
Thus Esay 40.10 Behold the Lord will come ãâã ãâã ãâã ãâã ãâã with strong hand where hand is supplyed In the marg ye finde against the strong that is he whom our Lord calls the strong man Luke 11.22 Howbeit I know not how truly diverse Learned men make Azazel the president of the Desert But whereas Franciscus Georgius Venetus Cornelius Agrippa and Reuchlin and other Learned men have written with great confidence concerning Angels and Spirits good and evil and among these of Azazel that he is the President of the Desert I shall leave his particular presidency and principality upon their credit although I doubt not but as there are Hierarchies and orders of the good Angels as I have elsewhere shewen so are there presidencies and distinctions of honours such as they are among the evil Angels as not only the sorenamed Authors aver but also our Lord John 12.31 and his Apostle Ephes 2.2 and the Jews Mat. 12.24 Wherefore I shall so far consent with these Authors in the general that by Azazel here we are to understand the Devil Which word they commonly compound of ãâã ãâã ãâã ãâã ãâã a Goat and ãâã ãâã ãâã ãâã ãâã abiit as it hath affinity with ãâã ãâã ãâã ãâã ãâã and ãâã ãâã ãâã ãâã ãâã abiit in contemptum to be vile and contemptible So the LXX render ãâã ãâã ãâã ãâã ãâã to despise to account base and viie according to which the Prophet speaks Thou didst debase thy self even to Hell Esay 57.9 Beside a Goat and the Devil have the same name ãâã ãâã ãâã ãâã ãâã verse 7. The Priest shall take ãâã ãâã ãâã ãâã ãâã two Goats and so often in this Chapter But in the Chapter following Levit. 17.7 They shall not sacrifice any more their sacrifices ãâã ãâã ãâã ãâã ãâã to Devils Thus 2 Chron 11.15 Jeroboam ordained him Priests for the High places ãâã ãâã ãâã ãâã ãâã and for the Devils Thus also Esay 13.21 ãâã ãâã ãâã ãâã ãâã Daemones the Devils which our Translators turn the Satyrs shall dance there so Pagnin and the like we have Chap. 34.14 The Devils were called by this name ãâã ãâã ãâã ãâã ãâã Goats because they appeared in that form saith Kimhi As also because ãâã ãâã ãâã ãâã ãâã a Goat hath its name from ãâã ãâã ãâã ãâã ãâã horruit exhorruit so extreamly to fear as when the hair stands on end Whence ãâã ãâã ãâã ãâã ãâã Hordeum Barley and frit in Varro which according to him is the top of an ear of corn which stands up like hair Whence our English word fright extremity of fear into which the ãâã ãâã ãâã ãâã ãâã the Devils drive those to whom they appear That Azazel ought so to be left untranslated and not to be rendred a Scape-Goat may appear from this consideration that where ever either of the two Goats is named in this Chapter its never called ãâã ãâã ãâã ãâã ãâã whence ãâã ãâã ãâã ãâã ãâã hath its name but ãâã ãâã ãâã ãâã ãâã And whereas Azazel is four times named in this Chapter ver 8.10 twice and 26 the translation renders it self suspected in the last place especially where it s read He that let go the Goat for a Scape-Goat when there was no other but that the former being sacrificed Munster was aware of this and therefore howsoever in the three other places he translates the word as ours do yet in the last place he translates it not but leaves it Azazel Which also the Tigurin Translators perceived and therefore turn'd it in ver 26. campum caprarum the field of the Goats Others with Arias Montanus retain Azazel in all the four places as Tremellius Vatablus Diodati the Spanish Bible What therefore they render One lot for the Lord and the other lot for the Scape-Goat I would turn One lot for the Lord and the other lot for Azazel Otherwise instead of a distribution of the two Goats here by lot the words will contain an equivocation as that the one lot shall be for the Lord as proper to him and his use the other shall be for a Scape-Goat that should be all one as if ãâã ãâã ãâã ãâã ãâã for were left out because for in this sense signifies no more then the word alone to which it is joyn'd as I will be ãâã ãâã ãâã ãâã ãâã for a father c. 1 Chron. 17.13 is no more then a father Whereas indeed these two Goats are distributed according to their subjects or owners the one to the Lord the other to Azazel But why must one Goat be for the Lord and the other Goat ãâã ãâã ãâã ãâã ãâã for Azazel or the Devil For the understanding of this we must know that the Lord in this Chapter ordaines ãâã ãâã ãâã ãâã ãâã the day of Expiations as it is called Levit. 23.27 and the reason is given Levit. 16.30 the Priest ãâã ãâã ãâã ãâã ãâã shall expiate for you to cleanse you that ye may be cleansed from all your sins before the Lord. This cleansing must be thorow full and accurate as appears both by the plural of the Nown ãâã ãâã ãâã ãâã ãâã and the conjugation of the Verb ãâã ãâã ãâã ãâã ãâã Now the people to be purged are defiled with two kindes of sins whereof the one is open and manifest Gal. 5.19 the other hath an appearance and shew of righteousness John 16.8 By both these we may understand the whole body of sin to be destroyed Rom. 6.6 with both these the creature is polluted The Body of sin to be destroyed is figured by that Goat which is to sent to Azazel as by the Goats on the left hand in the judgement Matth. 25. And upon the head of this Goat the Priest must lay both his hands and confess over him all the iniquities of the sons of Israel and all their transgressions in all their sins putting them upon the head of the Goat and shall send him away by the hand of a fit man into the Wilderness and the Goat shall bear upon him all their iniquities into a land of separation and he shall let go the Goat in the Wilderness Now whereas the creature of God hath been polluted with the Body of known sin and false righteousness it is not the will of the Lord that his creature should perish in sin nor is it his will nor is it possible that his creature should be saved in his sin which implyes a contradiction because to be saved is so to be from sin Matth. 1.21 And therefore the sinful man signified by the Goat which is for the Lord ver 9. must die from the sin he must be mortified and the will in him unto sin must be altogether dead in him We may see this prefigured unto us in the creature The seed is cast into the ground suppose a grain of Wheat the earthly part of it falls asunder and some of it returns to the earth the other part being reduced by the Quintessence or natural Balsam becomes a
land thy land O Immanuel Esay 8.8 He distributes the eternal inheritance by lot unto his followers his valiant and victorious souldiers according to Revel 21.7 ãâã ãâã ãâã ãâã ãâã he that overcomes shall inherit or shall obtain by Lot the inheritance of all things Now what is more doubtful then a Lot And the lot must determine who is for the Lord that he may receive the kingdom and who is for Azazel that he may depart from the Lord and be sent away to Azazel But blessed ever blessed be the Lord who reserves the ordering of the Lot in his own power as we read The Lot is cast into the lap ãâã ãâã ãâã ãâã ãâã the whole judgement discerning or disposing of it is of the Lord Prov. 16.23 Nor does this bring in any destiny or fatal necessity O no he hath shewen thee O man what is good to do justly to love mercy and to humble thy self to walk with thy God Mich. 6.8 The Goat upon which the Lords lot fell must be sacrificed if we be of the Lords lot we must be such as he is mortified in the flesh that we may be quickned in the Spirit 1 Pet. 3.18 The Greek text understands it of Christ the Latin of those who are Christs It is true it is neither of him that willeth nor of him that runneth but of God that sheweth mercy Rom. 9.16 And to whom doth God shew mercy Even unto thousands of them that love him and keep his Commandements Exod. 20.6 So that destruction O Israel is thine own but thine help is from me Hos 13.9 They on whom the Lords lot fals are saved by mercy They on whom Azazels lot fals perish by justice O that the whole Congregation of Israel for whom these two Goats are taken while it is yet Res integra while yet we have time to work out our salvation and before the evil dayes come that we would Pro se quisque every man of us endeavour to mortifie his sin to crucifie his flesh with the affections and lusts before it be too late I have heard of a rich Citizen of London who toward his end made his will and bequeathed his soul to God his body to the earth and his sins to the Devil 'T was well if he could be rid of them so But were it not much more safe now while we have yet time to spend it in the daily mortification subduing deading of our sins to make it our business that in that ãâã ãâã ãâã ãâã ãâã that day of expiations when there shall be an Exact separation made between the just and unjust the righteous and the wicked those who serve God and those who serve him not Mal. 3.18 we may be found so doing Blessed is that servant whom his Lord when he cometh shall finde so doing So shall that ãâã ãâã ãâã ãâã ãâã that fit man that man of time called by the LXX ãâã ãâã ãâã ãâã ãâã that ready prepared man ver 21. take away the Goat with all our sins and iniquities And who is this man of time this ready prepared man but that Lamb of God who takes away the sins of the world He is figured by Othniel the Judge of Israel that is the due time of God the Redeemer who came in the fulness of time Gal. 4.4 He conquers and subdues Cushan Rishathaim the blackness of both iniquities inward and outward Judges 3.10 and conveyes our sins into a land of separation even so far as the East is from the West so far he removes our transgressions from us Psal 103.12 and delivers them to Azazel and so gives the Devil his due Then when so exact separation shall be made then shall the righteous shine in the glory of their Father Would God that were come to pass unto every one of our souls For every one that curseth his Father or his Mother Levit. 20. Ver. 9. he shall be surely put to death he hath cursed his Father or his Mother his blood shall be upon him For is a rational or causal as that which renders a reason of what went before it and answers to Nam quia quòd quoniam ãâã ãâã ãâã ãâã ãâã and ãâã ãâã ãâã ãâã ãâã and the like But what has this For reference unto And how doth it render a reason in the following words of what goes before In the two former verses we read two general precepts the one of sanctifying our selves unto the Lord the other of keeping the Lords statutes and doing them both which give reasons of the two former prohibitions Sanctifie your selves unto the Lord. Sanctitas importat duo separationem ab aliquo applicationem ad aliquid saith Aquinas Sanctity imports two things 1. Separation from somewhat as here from Molech from Wizzards and such as have familiar spirits 2. Application unto the Lord in the observation of his statutes and doing them Why Because he is ãâã ãâã ãâã ãâã ãâã the holy one of Israel sanctifies and separates his people from all other gods and their polluted services and dedicates and applies them to himself and to his pure and holy service that they may be holy as he is holy So that these words ver 9. cannot well render a reason of those fore-going or if they do certainly its far fetcht There is no doubt but all divine aetiologia's all reasons and rendring of reason are most rational and like themselves divine as proceeding from him who is the very ãâã ãâã ãâã ãâã ãâã it self the summa ratio he who teacheth man to reason shall not he reason to which purpose the Psalmist reasons Psal 94.8 9 10. But we must not impose a reasoning upon the Scripture or upon Gods Spirit speaking in it which is none of his The particle ãâã ãâã ãâã ãâã ãâã here used is mis-translated For whereas ãâã ãâã ãâã ãâã ãâã is either 1. Causal and rational as 1 Chron. 13.11 David was displeased ãâã ãâã ãâã ãâã ãâã because the Lord had made a breach upon Vzzah For which we have 2 Sam. 6.8 where the same story is recited David was displeased ãâã ãâã ãâã ãâã ãâã because the Lord had made a breach upon Uzzah Or 2. Discretive as Gen. 45.8 It was not you that sent me hither ãâã ãâã ãâã ãâã ãâã but God Or 3. Conditional or of time which answers to if or when As 2 Sam. 7.1 It came to pass ãâã ãâã ãâã ãâã ãâã when the King sat in his house For which we read 1 Chron. 17.1 It came to pass ãâã ãâã ãâã ãâã ãâã as or when as And in this last sense its evident the particle ãâã ãâã ãâã ãâã ãâã is here to be understood when or if any man curse his Father or his Mother whence also it appears that these words are altogether incoherent with the former and that even according to the judgement of the Translators themselves who set ¶ a mark before these words in the ninth verse which imports the beginning of a new subject and argument In
1. Beside the needless enallage and change of number the Translators adde able all that are able to go forth which is in the Hebrew only ãâã ãâã ãâã ãâã ãâã every one going forth And the same is added to the particular muster of every Tribe and to the total sum of them Besides here seems to be a mistake For the words every one going forth have no respect to the Army but to Egypt as the phrase is used Verse 1. and is so to be here understood from twenty years old and upward every one that went forth viz. of Egypt And that it is so to be understood appeares Chap. 26.4 where the same phrase upon the same occasion is fully expressed 2. They render ãâã ãâã ãâã ãâã ãâã war which signifies an Army and they themselves so turn it in the same verse and an Host often in the next Chapter following 3. They render ãâã ãâã ãâã ãâã ãâã to number which though it so signifie yet in the business of this and the next Chapter it s a word too general and is more properly to be turn'd to visit or rather to muster as the Latin phrase imports Exercitum lustrare facere militum recognitionem So Armilustrium signifies mustering a viewing of Harness Weapons and Souldiers For they who muster their forces do not only take account how many their souldiers are and so number them but also enquire and take notice how able how well appointed how well furnished they are for war So Vatablus Agite delectum muster them so the Tigurin Bible Recensete take a view make a general muster so Tremell us So Piscator in his High Dutch and Latin Scholia Beside the Scripture thorowout this and the next Chapter useth diverse words as ãâã ãâã ãâã ãâã ãâã for number and ãâã ãâã ãâã ãâã ãâã for visiting or mustering So that the translation confounds those acts which the Spirit of God distinguisheth In the words are contained these divine truths 1. Every Male of the sons of Israel from twenty years old and upward every one coming out of Egypt to the Army in Israel must be visited numbred and mustred 2. Moses and Aaron were commanded to visit number and muster them according to their Armies The former contains a description of the Lords Souldiers The particulars are many 1. Their Sex they must be all Males Every male 2. Their Age. 1. Definite every one from a son of twenty years which is an Hebraism or twenty years old 2. Indefinite Twenty years old and upward 3. The place and people 1. Whence and from whom coming out of Egypt 2. Whither and to whom to the Army in Israel 4. These must be numbred visited and mustred by Moses and Aaron So the Lord saith to Moses Thou and Aaron shall number visit or muster them If we inquire into the reason why Gods Souldiers should be numbred visited and mustred it will appear 1. from consideration of the Souldiers themselves 2. Their Commander in Chief 3. Their Common designe 1. As for the first of these They are to be numbred visited and mustred who are able and fit for war as these Souldiers in the text are choise yong men in the prime of their age valiant and couragious Such Souldiers the Lord requires Deut. 20.3 8. 2. Such as these are but few Rari quippe boni Pauperis est numerare pecus Gideons Souldiers who went to the battle with him were but 300. 3. But such as these are excellent absolutely the Excellent ones Psal 16.3 and comparatively more excellent then others Prov. 12.26 4. And such are highly esteemed loved cared for numbred as appears by the contrary as it s said of persons despicable and contemned Extra numerum esse nullo numero esse nullius esse numeri Military phrases implying such as are of no reckoning of no account who stand for Ciphers But the Lords Souldiers are all numbred visited mustred 2. In respect of the Commander in chief He is the God of Israel Israel imports strength and prevalency with God and God is the strength of Israel 1 Sam. 15.29 And therefore his Souldiers ought to be strong in the Lord and in the power of his might whom he visits takes care of numbers and musters 3. As for their designe it is to fight with the sons of Anak the Canaanites the Jebusites the Amorites the seven nations whose iniquities were full Gen. 15.16 And therefore it concern'd them to be strong and of a good courage and to be numbered visited and mustered in order to that designe 1. Whence it followes that the profession of a Souldier is a lawful profession God himself is the Lord of hosts And he himself here commands the Israelites to be mustred And surely when the Souldiers asked John the Baptist what they should do if their imployment had been simply unlawful he would not have directed them how to behave themselves in it as he did but would have advised them to desist from it as he did not Luke 3.14 2. The Lord takes care of his Militia he will have them viewed visited numbred and mustred But it is not my business to make a Military Oration or to encourage men to the outward warfare which throughout the whole Old Testament is figurative of the inward Let us therefore come to the mystical understanding of these words It is a Martial a war-like age all the World over an age answering to that which they call Seculum ãâã ãâã ãâã ãâã ãâã the angry the wrathful age Mens mindes and hearts are embittered one against another their gall of bitterness is overflowen they contend they fight one with another they themselves know not for what like the Andabatae who are said to have fought blindefold And well they may For their fair Helena the subject and matter of contention is Religion Revel 8.10 When the third Angel had sounded there fell a great Star from Heaven burning as it were a Lamp and it fell upon the third part of the Rivers and upon the Fountains of Waters and the name of the Star is called Wormwood and many men dyed of the waters because they were made bitter What is that Star called Wormwood but the false light of mans wit and earthly industry which falls into the earthly man and embitters unto him all the waters of divine doctrine Ephes 5.26 This Star fell in Germany and so embitter'd the mindes of men on both sides one against the other who should have learned and taught better that they brought the fairest and most fruitful Continent under Heaven to a vast desolate Wilderness I pray God the like may not be said of this Island Tantum Relligio potuit suadere malorum So many mischiefs Religion could perswade For it is and hath been the policy of Commanders and those who set them a work on all sides to perswade the souldiery that their war is for God and that it is Gods cause they sight for And who is there who hath any opinion of God or such as
the Lord such ãâã ãâã ãâã ãâã ãâã build a wall about themselves Prov. 28.4 as the LXX turn it The Lord promises that he will be a little Sanctuary to his people Ezech. 11.16 Yea as we are round about the Lord the Lord is round about us we have a strong City salvation will the Lord appoint Murale antemurale Wals and Bulwarks Esay 26.1 As the hils stand about Jerusalem so the Lord is round about his people Psal 125.2 But God is our Captain and Leader Hebr. 2.10 True but also the Lord is the rereward Esay 52.12 The God of Israel will be our rereward The Lord is in the midst of his people his Saints are round about him yet not only so but he is round about Israel also Zacb. 2.4 There we have this objection answered if Jerusalem be inhabited as Towns without walls by reason of the multitude of men and cattle therein then shall we lie exposed to the malice of the enemy Nay it followes I saith the Lord will be unto her as a wall of fire round about and will be the glory in the midst of her These are the names of the sons of Aaron the Priests which were anointed Numb 3. Ver. 3. whom he consecrated to minister in the Priests office Moses having numbered visited and mustered the other Tribes Chap. 1. of this book and Chap. 2. disposed them according to Gods command about the Tabernacle of meeting In this third Chapter he recites the names of the Priests of Aarons house and commemorates their unction and consecration unto the Priests office And the Lord having given the other Levites to the Priests for the service of the Tabernacle the Lord commands Moses to number visit and muster the Levites according to their families the Gershonites the Kohathites and the Merarites Of this verse I have chosen only the later part to treat of at this time Whom he consecrated to minister in the Priests office In which words we have 1. The consecration of the Priests he consecrated them 2. The end of their consecration to minister in the Priests office Accordingly there are in the words these two divine truths 1. He consecrated them 2. He consecrated them to minister in the Priests office 1. He consecrated them Who consecrated them we shall shew anon But first let us inquire into the Priests consecration What is here turn'd whom he consecrated is word for word in the Hebrew ãâã ãâã ãâã ãâã ãâã whose hand he filled So Arias Montanus Quorum manum implevit whose hand he filled So the Spanish Bible Martin Luthers translation and Piscators and three Low Dutch and Coverdale Ainsworth and another old English translations all which render the words whose hand he filled The LXX have ãâã ãâã ãâã ãâã ãâã whom they consecrated their hands Harsh Hierom Quorum repletae consecratae manus whose hands were filled and that is consecrated And this last the most of the other Latin English translations follow By filling the hand some here understand Oleo consecrare to consecrate with oyl But in regard of oyl it were more proper to fill the Head on which the oyl was poured then the hand since only the Thumb of the Priest and that of the right hand only was anointed and that with blood not with oyl as appeares Exod. 29.20 Others have conceived that by filling of the hand is to be understood the Priests taking somewhat in their hands to offer and this they prove by Jeroboams consecration of Priests 1 Kings 13.33 and 2 Chron. 13.9 Whosoever cometh to fill his hand with a Bullock and seven Rams he shall be a Priest ãâã ãâã ãâã ãâã ãâã to the no-gods But this is a very weak proof to say no worse of it especially since the Scripture saith expresly This thing became sin to the house of Jeroboam even to the cutting it off and to destroy it from off the face of the earth 1 Kings 13.33 34. That therefore we may know what 's here meant by filling of the Priests hand let us inquire 1. With what the Priests band was filled And 2. who filled it The hand of the Priest was filled with the Oblations and Sacrifices to be offered up unto God What those Oblations and Sacrifices were we shall best learn out of the first institution and consecration of the Priests which ye read of Exod. 29.9 Where after the clothing of them follows this command of the Lord to Moses Thou shalt consecrate Aaron and his sons the words are the same with those in this Text Thou shalt fill the hand of Aaron and his sons With what That we read at large together with the rite of consecration ver 22 23 24 25. Thou shalt take of the Ram the fat and the rump and the fat that covereth the inwards c. And thou shalt put all in the hands of Aaron and in the hands of his sons c. 2. But who here filled the hand of the Priests Here is no mention in the text some say Aaron And Vatablus supplies his name in the margent But Moses is said to have consecrated Aaron and his sons and the Spanish Bible puts in the marg Moses according to Exod. 29.9 Levit. 8.33 Ecclus 45.18 And therefore if either of their names be to be supplied surely 't is rather the name of Moses then that of Aaron But whether it were Moses or Aaron it was no doubt at Gods command and therefore Piscator in his High Dutch hath Deren hand der Herr gefullet hatte whose hand the Lord hath filled The reason of this appears 1. From the consideration of the Priests office For since every high Priest is ordained to offer gifts and Sacrifices Hebr. 8.3 these must have something to offer 2. No man might assume this power unto himself Hebr. 5.4 but he who is called of God whose hand the Lord filleth Mysticè What is meant by the hand Manus est animae virtus quâ tenere aliquid constringere quis potest velut si dicamus actus ejus fortitudo The hand is the vertue and power of the soul whereby we may apprehend something c. It is the strength and actions proceeding from inward power and strength Thus to have something given into our hand that is into our power Thus Abraham saith to Sarah Thy Maid is in thy hand Gen. 16.6 that is in thy power For so it followes Do to her what is good in thine eyes Num. 21.2 If thou wilt indeed deliver this people into my hand that is into my power as it followes then I will utterly destroy their Cities Now what is that which is given into the Priests hand what is that wherewith the Priests hand is filled in the place before named we read what 1. The fat That 's held either the best as Genesis 4.4 Abel brought of the fat or the worst as Psalm 119.70 Their heart is fat as grease 2. The rump or tail of the Ram either the best or the
worst The best Cauda jubetur adoleri Deo saith S. Gregory ut omne bonum quod incipimus etiam perseverantiae fine impleamus that what ever good we begin we may also fulfil with the end of perseverance The rump or tail of the Ram hath a special name ãâã ãâã ãâã ãâã ãâã which is from ãâã ãâã ãâã ãâã ãâã to curse which is due to the Prophet who perseveres in speaking lies Esay 9.15 The inward part that is the heart as ãâã ãâã ãâã ãâã ãâã signifies as also the minde and so what Hebr. 8.10 is called ãâã ãâã ãâã ãâã ãâã the minde that Jer. 31.33 is the inward part which may be good or evil for the good man out of the good treasure of his heart bringeth forth that which is good the evil man out of the evil treasure of his heart bringeth forth that which is evil Luke 6.45 And the like may be said of all the rest Who puts all these in the Priests hand who else but the great God as was shewen before He puts in the mans power to do good or to do evil Take notice from hence what the Wiseman saith Ecclus 15.14 God himself made man from the beginning and left him in the hand of his counsel the good and evil is put into thy power if thou wilt to keep the Commandements of God and to perform acceptable faithfulness He hath set fire and water before thee Stretch forth thine hand to whether thou wilt Before man is life and death and whether him liketh shall be given him This however Apocryphal hath prime Canonical Scripture to confirm it with a witness I call Heaven and Earth to record this day against you that I have set before you life and death blessing and cursing therefore choose life that thou and thy seed may live that thou mayest love the Lord thy God and mayest obey his voice c. Deut. 30.15.19 20. And I beseech you take notice how the Angel in Esdras interprets that place having spoken of this argument with the Angel 2 Esdr 7.1 58. then ver 59. the Angel saith This is the life whereof Moses spake unto the people while he lived saying choose thee life that thou mayest live God puts the good in special into our hand Thus to fill the hand is to give possession of the heavenly goods whereof God hath made Christ the high Priest Hebr. 9.11 and put all things into his hand and he makes his believers such when he gives them an earnest of the holy Land As when possession is given a clod of the land is given into his hand who takes possession of it Acts 20.32 Ephes 1.14 Note from hence who is the great high Priest of our profession who else but the Son of God John 3.35 The Father loved the Son and hath given all things into his hand his right hand is full of righteousness Psal 48.10 Here is the accomplishment of all the typical Priests in Christ For what was meant by the first-born Priests but Christ the first-born of every creature What was Aarons Priesthood or Melchisec's and the execution of their respective offices in expiation and intercession and manifold particulars but representations of Christ and his Priesthood and the execution thereof he was the true Aaron the Mountain of knowledge the Teaching Priest who teacheth like him The true Melchisedec Heb. 7.1.2 3. The true Eleazar Gods helper the true Abiathar that excellent Father Esay 9.6 Pater futuri seculi the Father of the after-world as Hierom turns it the everlasting Father Sadoc the righteous one Jehoshuah the Lord the Saviour the son of Jehosadac the righteous Lord Zach. 6.11 Such an high Priest becomes us to have Observe whence the true believers obtain their office of a royal Priesthood unto God Revel 1.6 Here is no man named neither Moses nor Aaron who fils the hand of the Priests it is the Lord alone who makes Priests Hence also we learn what manner of men the Evangelical Priests ought to be Clean-handed men Man us habere consummatns as one of the Ancients speaks to have perfect hands Hear what Philo Judaeus speaks to this purpose God requires of a Priest first of all a good minde holy and exercised in piety then a life adorned with good works that when he layes his hands on any he may say with a free conscience Those hands are neither corrupted with bribes nor polluted with innocent blood they have done hurt injury wounds violence to no man they have not been instruments unto any dishonest thing but have been imployed in things honest and profitable such as are approved by just honest and wise men So he 2. Axiom Wherefore was the Priests hand filled To minister in the Priests office That 's the end of his consecration And it is in the Hebrew in one word ãâã ãâã ãâã ãâã ãâã which our Translators express by so many the LXX render it by one ãâã ãâã ãâã ãâã ãâã Castellio succinctly turns all the words thus Quorum manûs ipse Sacredotio sacravit whose hands he hallowed for the Priesthood 1. Hence we may learn who they are who truly judge themselvs to be of the royal Priesthood Who but they who are ãâã ãâã ãâã ãâã ãâã made perfect or consecrated so the Apostle renders that phrase whofe hand is filled and so the LXX express it who stand complete in all the will of God And having done their own work are ready to offer something up for others as prayers intercessions giving of thanks c. Such were they who stood idle in the market place They had done their own work For shall wee think they were a company of Circumforanei a sort of lazy fellons such as are often in our markets Our Lard entertaines no such into his service 2. Hence it appears that no man taketh this honour to himself Hebr. 5. That is that no man ought to take in hand the Priests office unless it be first put into his hand by the Lord. This justly reproves those who do involare violently take unto themselves the Priesthood who assume and arrogate that office to themselves by their own private that is no ââââority under pretence of gifted men who boast of a false gift whereas indeed God hath not filled their hand with any such gift but they have gotten it by a kinde of Legier de main they have taken it to themselves by Brachygraphy or Short-hand and so by a competent measure of boldness intrude into the Priests office and into the things which they have not seen vainly puft up by their fleshly minde Col. 2. Nor yet do I here confine the gifts of God unto mans approbation or ordination Surely the Lord may fill whose hand he will speak by whom he will as he is said to speak not only by the mouth as Acts 1.16 3.18 but also by the hand of his Prophets as by the hand of Moses Numb 4.37 by the hand of Abijah 2 Chron. 10.15 and many the
who inquires after God God himself was signified by the Ark as I shewed before The Ark signifies the glory of God the beauty of holiness Where O where is that glory to be found Ichabod where is the glory faith the wife of Phinees she understood the Ark of God And may not we make the like inquisition and complaint Ichabod where O where is that glory that beauty of holiness It s taken captive by the Philistines who are they but Potu-cadentes as Hierom interprets them fallen with drink or earthly spirits The Drunkards the Wine-bibbers have swallowed up the beauty of holiness The Gamesters have lost it The earthly spirits have buried it It s certainly swallowed up The Son of God that holy One and the Just was understood by the Ark it is the signe he gives of the Son of man that as Janah was three dayes and three nights in the belly of the Whale so should the Son of man be in the heart of the earth Matth. 12.40 And is he not yet swallowed up in the heart of the earthly man He so complains I am become as a dead man out of minde Psal 31.12 The perfection of life figured by Joseph that 's swallowed up Jacob saith Gen. 37.33 an evil beast hath devoured Joseph Joseph without doubt is rent in pieces And it is a dangerous thing at this day to say Joseph is yet alive Gen. 45.26 His father would hardly believe it when his sons told him so Gen. 45.26 Veritas in puteo truth was in the pit and when Democritus went about to draw it out his countreymen the Abderitae said he was a mad man and sent to Hippocrates to bring him to his wits as our Lords kinsmen said of him for the like reason that he was beside himself Mark 3.21 Yea others said he had a Devil and was mad John 10.20 So Festus said to Paul Acts 26.24 And the Philosophers called him a babler because he preached concerning Jesus and the resurrection and life to be by him which they and many at this day think to be utterly swallowed up and lost and will never appear The reason why the holiness and holy things are swallowed up and devoured may be understood from the consideration of Satan and his ministers their envie against the holiness of God and his holy ones 2 Cor. 11. For Satan hath had in all ages his ministers who have devoured the holy things and Gods holy people Such an one was Balaam whose name sounds a devourer of the people And these devour the narrow way the patience of Jesus Christ figured by the Altar Esay 3.12 These devour the oyl of the Lamp in holy even mercy Proverbs 21.20 And what they destroy not they decry as errour heresie false doctrine and what not So that the holiness and holy things themselves and they who bear them which should shine gloriously are under a clowd of aspersions reproaches slanders as David speaks Psalm 57.3 The reproach of him that would swallow me up 1 Pet. 5. ver 8. Thus we read of the Devil who goes about seeking whom we may drink up or swallow up and devour 1 Pet. 5.8 the word is ãâã ãâã ãâã ãâã ãâã to drink up And he stands before the woman to devour her childe Revel 12.4 and he casts a floud of water even persecution obloquies and reproaches after the woman to overwhelm her ver 15. it is in the old Epigram when one sober man was among a company of drunkards he alone was by all the rest reputed as mad and drunk as they are thought at this day who affirm Joseph the perfection is alive that the life of God whence we have been estranged Ephes 4. is to be restored that transgresson shall be finished and that here shall be an end of sin and that the everlasting righteousness shall be brought in and that the holiness of holinesses even Jesus Christ himself the anointed one shall appear in our mortal flesh Dan. 9.24 2 Cor. 10.11 That evil shall be put out and deceit shall be quenched that faith shall flourish and corruption shall be overcome and the truth which hath been long without fruit shall be declared 2 Esdras 6.27 28. Who ever dares aver these things for truth shall be decryed as a mad man and it is the great mercy of God if he be not swallowed up and devoured by lyars evil beasts and slow bellies Titus 1. I have spoken hitherto of the word ãâã ãâã ãâã ãâã ãâã in the proper sense of it as it signifies to be swallowed up devoured and destroyed And so the holiness or holy thing or things are swallowed up Now because what is so devoured is hidden from our sight hence the word hath the signification of hyding or covering And so the words will afford us this sentence also the holiness or holy thing or things are covered This sense is warranted by the fifteenth verse of this fourth Chapter where Moses useth ãâã ãâã ãâã ãâã ãâã to cover instead of ãâã ãâã ãâã ãâã ãâã in this text And the Chald. Paraphrast so renders the words which covering because it was speedily done the LXX render ãâã ãâã ãâã ãâã ãâã confestim quickly So the Tigurin Bible cum involvantur sancta when the holy things are wrapt up So Munster Vatablus and others The holiness or holy things are covered and hid from us by two kindes of vailes whereof one upon the object or holy things themselves the other upon us 1. The vailes upon the objects holiness or holy things themselves are the ceremonial services in types and figures Thus we read of the manfold coverings of the Ark the Mercy seat the table of shew-bread the Altar c. All which are paterns of heavenly things as hath been shewen For as in the body of man the most tender pretious part is covered by a soft one as a silm and that by some harder and stronger part as the sight of the eye by the tunicles the brain by the pia mater that by the meninx and dur a mater So have the holy things of God their next inward and subtil coverings as ridles parables and numbers and these more sensible and outward as the outward coverings of the worldy Sanctuary Hebr. 9.1 2. Other vailes there are upon us whereby the holy things are hidden from us And these are either 1. As it were innate and inbred according to which the Apostle saith that ãâã ãâã ãâã ãâã ãâã the natural or souly man perceiveth not the things of the Spirit of God for they are foolishness unto him neither can he know them because they are spiritually discerned 1 Cor. 2.14 Or 2. there are vailes acquisite and of our own making and these are of two sorts whereof the one we draw or suffer to be imposed and drawn upon our mindes the other upon our hearts 1. That which is drawn upon our mindes is the vail of knowledge falsly so called a vail of false notions and misunderstandings of spiritual things
renders the word but then it followes ãâã ãâã ãâã ãâã ãâã which I know not well how to make English of unless as he renders the word super peccato suo concerning their sin But Super concerning is here added to the Text and particle ãâã ãâã ãâã ãâã ãâã imports the case following I shall therefore understand and suppose the inward and reflex acknowledgement of sin and render the words as ours do They shall confess their sin What sin is here meant appears out of the former verse As for confession the Schoolmen following S. Austin have distinguished it into confessio Laudis Fraudis Confessio laudis Confession of praise is to the honour of God Confess or praise the Lord for he is good Psal 106.1 Confessio fraudis confession of fraud is to the dishonour and shame of our selves that we have suffered our selves to be beguiled with the deceitfulness of sin Such a confession the Apostle makes Tit. 3.3 we our selves have been sometimes foolish disobedient deceived serving divers lusts and pleasures This we may call a reflex confession there is also a direct confession which will follow upon this Confessio fraudis a confession that we having been deceived our selvs have also deceived others And this confession supposes the other For no man deceives another but first he is fouly deceived himself Hitherto we have had the first means of expiation and reconciliation viz. Confession Come we now to the second viz. Restitution in the words following And he shall recompense his trespass with the principal thereof and adde unto it the fifth part thereof and give it unto him against whom he hath trespassed Which words I would rather for more exact answer to the Hebrew thus render And he shall restore his trespass in the head-sum thereof and shall adde over and above it the fifth part thereof and shall give to him against whom he hath trespassed For although to recompense and restore seem to be the same yet they indeed are not so For to restore is properly applyed to the same thing filched and stoln as Micha ãâã ãâã ãâã ãâã ãâã restored in specie the eleven hundred shekels of silver Judges 17.3 But to recompense is more properly understood of the price or value of the thing taken stoln whereas no doubt but the Lord here requires the thing it self to be restored as it evidently appears by comparing the parallel place herewith Levit. 6.4 where the same law is given Levit. 6. ver 4. and restitution of the same thing taken away enjoyned In the words we have these divine directions to him who hath committed some or other of all the sins of men to trespass a trespass against the Lord. 1. He shall restore his trespass in the head sum thereof 2. He shall adde over and above it the fifth part thereof 3. He shall give to him against whom he hath trespassed 1. He shall restore his trespass in the head sum thereof His trespass here is that thing wherein the guilty person wronged his neighbour so called by metonymie Which is to be restored in the head sum The word is ãâã ãâã ãâã ãâã ãâã incapite ejus as Arias Montanus turns it and the Vulg. Latin and the Chald. Paraph. as also the LXX He must restore his trespass So five of our old English translations have it nor doth this our last amend them herein Restitution in the School is largely taken sometime according to the multiplicity of goods wherein our neighbour is unjustly damnified for there are goods 1. of the soul some naturall endowments and others conferred on us by grace 2. there are goods also proper to the body as strength health integrity of parts beauty 3. Goods of same as a good name 4. There are goods of fortune as they are called as riches and these in the letter are here properly understood And thus Restitution is described by Aquinas actus justitiae commutativae an act of commutative justice whereby the true owner is restored into possession of his own goods In which description one main thing is wanting which is supplied by Gabriel Biel viz. That those goods now restored were violently or fraudulently taken away Violent and fraudulent dealing deceit cheating cousening makes a breach upon proper interest breaks the bond of humane society yea the bond of union with God renders the soul desolate and alone without God and man These Bonds cannot be reunited unless there be restitutio integri until Restitution be made to the full Non remittitur peccatum nisi restituatur ablatum The sin of deceit and violence that Davus which makes all this trouble is not remitted unless what is taken away be restored This is an hard lesson will some say who have otherwise learned Christ These are the very times which our Lord foretold should come that there should be false Christs and false Prophets For some have imagined such a Christ to themselves as hath so done and suffered all things for them that he has left nothing for them to do nothing for Christ to do in them A Christ that hath been just for them so that they need not be just Such a Christ as has been sober chaste continent for them so that they need not be so Such a Christ as has paid their debts for them to God and man Against these I shall lay down these two positions 1. There are distinct dominions rights and proper interests in temporal things How else can there be thefts since theft is the taking away that which is anothers If it be anothers then hath that other no right in it which he may call his He hath dominion over it power to use it spend it alien it sell it Hence it is that the Lord requires in every believer contentation 1 Tim. 6.8 Yea that every one be provident for time to come Prov. 30.25 that he make provision for himself and his house that he be not burdensom to others 2 Cor. 8.12 13. Yea so provident he ought to be that he have wherewith to pay publick charges Matth. 22.21 Yea that he may supply the necessities of the poor Saints according to brotherly love 2 Cor. 8.12 Yea that according to common love he may have to give to him that needeth Ephes 4.28 Now were there no proper interest no meum nor tuum in the world no man could call any thing his own or use it spend it alien it nor have wherewith to be content Nor would there be buying or selling giving or receiving borrowing or lending or any other act which supposeth property 2. This right and proper interest in temporal things is not founded in grace so that a man who hath grace may not take away that which is another mans who hath no grace Our Lord determined this long since when he forbad his own gracious people to intermeddle with the graceless Edomites Moabites and Amerites and that they should by no means invade their possession and his reason is convictive he had
preservative against infection and contagion And Mordecai bitter contrition and teaching contrition Myrrh contrite preserves Esther from uncleanness of her father and her mother The law of God teaching and rendring us contrite and humble is a principal antidote against dead works Esther is commended unto Heghe the Keeper of the women Esth 2. And what is Heghe Meditation so Heghe signifies And Heghe is an excellent Tutor to the women the thoughts they are spiritually the woman 2 Cor. 11. I fear lest as the Serpent beguiled Eve through his subtilty so your ãâã ãâã ãâã ãâã ãâã your thoughts should be corrupted from the simplicity that is in Christ Esther is a long time preparing And manifold preparations are required of the people of God Luke 1.17 to make ready a people prepared for the Lord. They were prepared before and John must yet make them ready Esther thus prepared is commended to Ahashuerus the Prince and the Head And he sets the Crown royal upon Esthers head Esther 2.17 The like promise is also made by the true Ahashuerus unto us that if we be prepared members of the invisible Church and bear the Cross we shall also wear the Crown For blessed is he that endureth temptation for when he is tryed he shall receive the Crown of life which the Lord hath promised to them that love him James 1.12 One spoon of ten shekels of gold The word here rendred a Spoon as also often in this Chapter Numb 7. v. 14. seems to be mistaken by our Translators as I have shewen on Exod. 25.29 or on Exod. 37.16 more fully The word rather seems to be a vessel for incense as it is here used which I prove by reasons there shewen Sprinkle water of purifying upon them Numb 8. v. 7. And let them shave all their flesh and let them wash their clothes and so make themselves clean The words contain the manner of purifying the Levites viz. by sprinkling water of purifying upon them But the words rendred water of purifying are ãâã ãâã ãâã ãâã ãâã waters of sin or sin waters So that the Translators rather express the use and effect of these waters then render the words in their proper sense as Arias Montanus hath done who turns the words Aquas peccati waters of sin So the Tigurin Bible and Vatablus Martin Luther also turns them by one word Sundwasser so Piscator and one Low Dutch So Ainsworth And although the LXX have ãâã ãâã ãâã ãâã ãâã water of purifying whom our old and new Translators follow yet cannot the words be so turnd without a trope Nor hath the Translator of the Chald. Paraphrast dealt candidly who turns ãâã ãâã ãâã ãâã ãâã Aquas lustrationis waters of purging which exactly answers the Hebrew waters of sin But what water is it that can purifie the man from his sin we read not yet that the water of separation is commanded to be made which is first enjoyn'd Numb 19. and not before The Jews have a good rule which is of use here Non est prius posterius in lege There is neither before nor after in the Law So that howsoever as yet the sin-water were not commanded to be made yet that which was typified by it the blood of Christ the Lamb slain from the foundation of the world Rev. 13.8 is the true holy water or sin-water Yea lest any age should want an expedient and effectual mean for the purging and cleansing from sin the Apostle applying this type unto the truth saith thus Hebr. 9.13 14. If the blood of Buls and Goats and the ashes of an Heifer sprinkling the unclean sanctifieth to the purifying of the flesh how much more shall the blood of Christ who through the eternal Spirit offered himself without spot unto God purge our conscience from dead works to serve the living God Whereby the Apostle holds forth unto us that everlasting sin-water the pretious blood and eternal Spirit of Christ which cleanseth us from all our sins 1 John 1.7 But as our Translators in the first part of the Levites cleansing make no mention at all of sin which is to be purged so neither in the second part of it do they express the word ãâã ãâã ãâã ãâã ãâã the Rasor which they must let pass over all their flesh But instead of this they put what they judged equipollent hereunto let them shave all their flesh which is not a genuine translation but an exposition And they cast the true translation of the words into the margent And what becomes of them and all the rest in the Pocket Bible The third part of the Levites cleansing Washing their clothes is tacitly implyed the whole mystery of sprinkling the sin-water and cutting off the hair viz. the purifying from the superfluity of naughtiness even the sinne it self So much is intimated in the word ãâã ãâã ãâã ãâã ãâã their clothes which may as well be rendred their sins and wickednesses as ãâã ãâã ãâã ãâã ãâã signifies O what an exact holiness and purity does the most holy God expect from us who profess our selves such as cleave unto him when he requires so many purifications of the sons of Levi as we read here and Malac. 3.3 Lord sprinkle us from an evil conscience Lord wash us thorowly from our iniquity multiply or rather wash me from mine iniquity and cleanse me from my sin Psal 51.2 From the age of fifty years Numb 8. v. 25 26. they shall cease waiting on the service thereof and shall serve no more but shall minister with their brethren c. Our Lord himself tels Moses the argument of these words together with the former and those which follow Verse 23. The Lord spake unto Moses saying This is that belongeth to the Levites from twenty and five years old and upward they shall go in to war the warfare of the service of the Tabernacle of meâting and from the age of fifty years they shall return from the warfare of the service thereof and shall serve no more but shall minister with their brethren c. So that the words contain the common term between the Levites service and their ministry which may be resolved into these divine sentences 1. The Levites waited on the service of the Tabernacle 2. From the age of fifty years they shall cease from waiting on the service of the Tabernacle 3. From the age of fifty years they shall minister with their brethren 4. From the age of fifty years they shall serve no more but they shall minister The Levites waited on the service of the Tabernacle of meeting The Levites may be understood either more specially according to their office or men generally all such as by faith and good will cleave unto God Psal 51. v 2. What is here turn'd waiting is indeed warring the warfare of the service of the Tabernacle of meeting He shall go in ãâã ãâã ãâã ãâã ãâã to war the warfare of the service c. v. 24. So Tremellius
of those evil times For if we look impartially upon the present evil averse and perverse state of things we will report that in the general which our Lord spake in a more particular case Things are not so as they were in the beginning For when the man is depraved that Vinculum universi that bond and tye of the universe that compendium creaturarum that sum and breviary of all the creatures that binding cord which makes the harmony between heaven and earth when that 's loose and broken it cannot be but all must full asunder into discord disorder and confusion Here then is work for Moses the Drawer as his name signifies Here is work for Elias the Tisbite the Târnor as that name sounds Elias must rectifie the depravation of all things John Baptist whom our Lord called Elias began this work as much as befitted his dispensation as the Prodromus or forerunner of Christ in the flesh The other Elias was to return and restore all things He was to rectifie the worship of God to act the part of old Elias over again And since John Baptist could not wash away Baal his Priests the later Elias must fire them out of Israel Baals Priests offer their sacrifices without fire and teach that the sin must remain unconsumed and that its impossible it should be consumed in this world Elias prayes for fire from heaven even the holy Spirit of God which is as fire and that consumes the sacrifice upon the altar of Christs patience even the body of sin that is to be destroyed Yea it licks up the water all the transitory delights and pleasures in sin It consumes the stones the hardness of the heart and the dust the knowing knowledge which is the Serpents food Esay 65.25 1 Cor. 8.1 This Elias must destroy the painted Jezabel which puts Naboth to death by the authority of Ahab And does not Jezabel yet act the same part Revel 2.22 that earthly lying spirit of the false righteousness in the mouth of the false Prophets which by the power and authority of Kings Princes and Governours by the secular power in all ages and in this last part of time puts Naboth to death by false witnesses For what is Naboth but the true Prophesie as the word signifieth And thus at this day the false Priests of Jezebel by their false testimonies suppress the true Prophets of God who have the testimony of Jesus which is the spirit of prophesie Revel 19.10 This therefore is Elia's work to discover Jezebel the false prophets adorn'd with false holiness and to anoint Jehu a type of Christ who was is and is to come and shall cause her to be troden under foot of his army as the old Jezebel was And as Elias must rectifie the worship of God so must he set in order the man toward his neighbour He must turn the heart of the fathers to the children and the children to their fathers He shall put an end to all differences between the spiritual fathers and their children and the spirits of the later Prophets shall be subject to the former Prophets Cum Elias venerit solvet nodos When Elias comes he shall untye all knots resolve all doubts In a word he shall bring back the whole man unto his God He shall restore the natural man to his right and the heavenly man to his He shall recover all Edom to the house of Israel Obad. v. 21. And great reason there is 1. The honour of the God of Order His Wisdom Justice Power and Goodness herein is eminently seen How much more when all what ever is amiss is rectified and brought to right again 2. It is the office of Elias the Tisbite so to do Mal. 4.5 LXX And why should we doubt or despair but such a time there will be when all things which are now ãâã ãâã ãâã ãâã ãâã turn'd upside down all out of order all confounded shall be restored and brought to right again have all the Beasts had their reigns and shall not God have his shall not his kingdom come unless we pray in vain unless we pray without faith and hope Have we not a promise that there shall be ãâã ãâã ãâã ãâã ãâã times of refreshing Acts 3.19 Were this mans work no doubt might be made of it but the whole is wrought by ãâã ãâã ãâã ãâã ãâã there is nothing of man in him It s the work of ãâã ãâã ãâã ãâã ãâã God the strong God ãâã ãâã ãâã ãâã ãâã the Lord ãâã ãâã ãâã ãâã ãâã Ipse God himself as Galatinus and Scaliger render that last word And therefore well may Moses pray in faith and we with him that the Lord would return and reduce the ten thousands thousands of Israel and bring them to their first estate 2. As the Lord returns the ten thousands thousands of Israel one to other so likewise unto himself So the Prophet I will gather the remnant of my flock out of all countries whither I have driven them and will bring them again to their selves their rest in the divine nature Jer. 23.3 Which promise another Prophet expresseth thus I will have mercy upon Jacob and will yet choose Israel and set them in their own land where is that it followes And the people shall take them and bring them to their place ãâã ãâã ãâã ãâã ãâã Esay 14. v. 1 2. The word ãâã ãâã ãâã ãâã ãâã place is one of the names of God in whom all things subsist and have their being and the house of Israel shall inherit them upon the Lords land Esay 14.1 2. When the Lord hath caused his people to return one to other and to himself he gratiously returns unto them and resides with them So the Chald Parapheast interprets this part of Moses's prayer Return O Lord with thy glory dwell in the midst of the ten thousands thousands of Israel Hitherto I have endeavoured to prove my two exceptions against the translation of Moses prayer We have authority also of other Churches The Tigurin Bible and Vatablus Pagnin Munster and Tremellius fat down at the right hand of as also Piscator have before thy face and that for good reason as I have shewen As for the later the most Translators diminish the number in the Hebrew text only Pagnin the Spanish Bible and Ainsworth retain and express it O Israel now arise and take your journey the clowd of the Lords protection is over thee and the Ark of the Lords strength is risen up and scatters thine enemies and puts them to flight before his face Ten thousands thousands of Israel have journeyed in the same way of the Lord before thee Wherefore having so great a clowd of witnesses lying about us laying aside every weight Hebr. 12. v. 1 2. and the sin that doth so easily beset us in every circumstance let us run the race of patience lying before us looking to Jesus the Author or Leader and finisher of our faith the Ark of Gods strength who
was void great care was taken for the choise of Matthias in his room Acts 1.21 26. And S. Paul cals himself an Apostle in most of his Epistles and proves himself such 1 Cor. 9.1 2. The like is said by others of Barnabas and Silas They who say that that and other Offices were temporary and to continue only for a time must if they will be believed by judicious men prove their assertion out of the Word of God If the office yet continue in the Church what answers to it but Episcopacy so S. Ambrose affirmes And it may as well be credited as that under helps and governments are to be understood Elders and Deacons which yet I deny not But all these are but Mera nomina names only unless they be informed with the Lords excellent spirit which is most necessary for the informing and actuating as the whole Body so especially the principal members of the Body of Christ And therefore in great wisdom the Spirit of God requires that the meanest and lowest Officers in the Church who are as it were the feet of Christs body the Church 1 Cor. 12.21 the Deacons being to be appointed to their office the Twelve give the multitude of the Disciples this charge Acts 6. v. 3. Look ye out among your selves seven men approved by testimony full of the holy Ghost and Wisdom whom we may appoint over this business Whence we may strongly reason that if the Deacons must be full of the holy Ghost and wisdom then much more must the Elders and Officers of the Church superiour unto them be filled with the same excellent spirit and wisdom And whereas the Apostles must appoint the Deacons as Titus must ordain Elders Tit. 1.5 These weighty businesses are not to be permitted unto the multitude no not of the Disciples to choose either Elders or Deacons though this is at this day practised by what warrant of the Word I know not but to the Apostles or those who though called by another name are yet in their stead as being best able to judge of these things ãâã ãâã ãâã ãâã ãâã Every man judgeth well of the things he knowes and of these he is a competent judge What ever Governour hath this excellent spirit he is thereby enabled to bear all the weaknesses and waywardnesses all the murmurings and repinings of the people under them It is their business And therefore they ought not to domineer over the flocks so I would render ãâã ãâã ãâã ãâã ãâã so Castellio turns the words 1 Pet. 5.3 Gregibus imperantes domineering or Lording over the flocks Ut reges Gentium qui dominantur eorum like the Kings of the Nations who domineer and abuse their authority over the flocks as Vatablus explains Cleris Cleros vocat greges qui illis velut sortè gubernandi obtigerunt He cals those Cleros that is properly lots who happen unto them as it were by lot to be governed by them And it is the continued Metaphore or Allegory used by the Spirit of God 1 Pet. 5.2 3 4. Much less must they domineer over their faith as to enforce men to their opinions as to rule over their consciences The Apostle when most of all he improves his authority over the flock he most abominates all such dominion 2 Cor. 1.24 Not that we have dominion over your faith but are helpers of your joy for by faith ye stand They must leave the conscience free to God alone the Lord of it Gen. 9. v. 27. who alone perswades the heart Gen. 9.27 what some abuse to that end Compel them to come in Luke 14.23 Beside that it is unhandsome to cudgel men and force them to come to a Feast as the drift of that speech is to be understood the meaning of the word is by perswasive arguments to incline men to what they desire as may appear by comparing Luke 24.29 2 Kings 4.8 Acts 16.15 and other places But we need not further descend unto particulars The excellent Spirit of Christ which is known by the fruits of it Gal. 5.22 sufficiently qualifies all spiritual Governours And this Spirit is that due radical qualification which some zealous for the Government or rather the counterfeit of it believe not possible to be obtained in this life but Dolosè ambulant in generalibus wrap up their hidden meaning in general terms and instead of downright Scripture language that God puts his Spirit upon the Governours choose rather to speak in Conceptu confuso that Christ furnisheth these Officers with suitable qualifications for discharge of the office and work committed to them And since they nor have nor hope for that excellent Spirit how can they convey that spirit by laying on of their hands in Ordination Nihil dat quod non habet If they have not that excellent Spirit how can they give it by their hands to those whom they Ordain as the old Presbyters did S. Paul saith 1 Tim. 4.14 Neglect not the gift that is in thee which was given thee by prophesie by laying on of the hands of the Presbytery And ye read the like Exhortation Stir up the gift of God which is in thee by the putting on of my hands 2 Tim. 1.6 O my Brethren ye who are zealous of Christs government and discipline let us first sit down in the lowest room and yield our selves Disciples unto the Father Esay 8.16 and suffer our selves to be corrected by his discipline and to be instructed out of his law Psal 94.12 and thereby lead unto Jesus Christ and bearing his yoke his cross and patience that being made conformable unto his death we may be made partakers of his spirit his life and resurrection whereby we shall be enabled to bear the burdens of the weak and one anothers burdens whereby we shall be taught to rule our selves and so become Rulers and Governours of the Church of Christ So shall we be able experimentally to preach Christ warning every man and teaching every man in all wisdom that we may present every man perfect in Christ Jesus Col. 1.28 For this is the end why the Lord gives those his gifts unto men Apostles Prophets Evangelists Pastors Teachers and so Elders and Deacons for the perfecting of the Saints for the work of the ministery for the edifying of the body of Christ till we all meet or come into the unity of faith and acknowledgement of the Son of God unto a perfect man to the measure of the stature or age of the fulness of Christ The Lord vouchsafe that great grace unto us all He that gathered least Numb 11. v. 32 33 34. gathered ten Homers and they spread them abroad for themselves round about the Camp And while the flesh was between their teeth yet it was chewed the wrath of the Lord was kindled against the people and the Lord smote the people with a very great plague And he called the name of the place Kibroth Hattaavah because there they buried the people that lusted
In which words are these general parts 1. The Israelites provision for their flesh and satisfaction of their lusts 2. Gods wrath and vengeance on those who so lusted and so satisfied their lusts 3. The Burial and Monument of those who so lusted In the peoples provision for their lusts we have their two acts contained in two sentences 1. He that gathered least gathered ten Homers 2. They spread them abroad for themselves round about the Camp 1. In the former we must inquire First What they gathered Secondly How much 1. What they gathered ye read was what God sent ver 31. Quailes from the Sea 2. How much He who gather'd least gather'd ten Homers That we may know the quantity of the Homer we must know that there may be an adequation of all measures among all Nations it hath been the custome to measure by somewhat which in Nature varies not as artificial measures do or may do The Jewes therefore begin their measure of dry things Ab Ovo from an Hens Egge probably of equal quantity in all Nations The ãâã ãâã ãâã ãâã ãâã Log contained 6 Eggs their ãâã ãâã ãâã ãâã ãâã Kab 4 Logs that is 24 Eggs. Their ãâã ãâã ãâã ãâã ãâã Satum 6 Kabs Their ãâã ãâã ãâã ãâã ãâã 3ª Sata which Epha is the nearest to our Bushel The ãâã ãâã ãâã ãâã ãâã Homer contained ten Ephas Ezech. 43.11 We have now found the quantity of an Homer An Homer containes ten Bushels Every one who gathered least gathered ten Homers What a vast number of Quailes according to this account must every man gather He who gathered least gathered ten Homers that is one hundred Bushels of Quails That the Lord gathered together such a numberless number of Quails was miracle enough The Translators had not need to create any miracle to be wrought by the people And what would they do with them It would yet be another miracle that they should keep sweet until they were eaten Yet further if he who gathered least gathered ten Homers that is an hundred Bushels how many Homers gathered he that gathered most To put an end unto this disquisition we must know that the word ãâã ãâã ãâã ãâã ãâã signifies not only that vast measure before mentioned but also an heap and in this signification we read the word used Exod. 8.14 which no doubt had been more fit for this place He who gathered least gathered ten heaps Take notice of mans large appetite whether ãâã ãâã ãâã ãâã ãâã signifie Homers those vast measures so called or only heaps it was too great a proportion for one man to gather ten heaps or Homers Make no provision for the flesh unto lusts The sense is full so Rom. 13. v. 14. and better expresses the Apostles meaning without two needless supplements For no doubt moderate provision may yea must be made for the flesh if the Apostle be constant to himself Ephes 5.29 Ephes 5.29 For no man at any time hath hated his own flesh but nourisheth and cherisheth it It is an honest speech of Seneca Fateor corporis nostri nobis insitam charitatem fateor hujus genere tutelam non nego indulgendum illi serviendum nego Epist 13. I confess we must favour our bodies but I deny that we must serve them And he gives reason there we ought not to live for our bodies sake but because we cannot live without our body Your business is about the Quails to provide meat for the body my business is about the Manna to provide spiritual nourishment for the soul Wo to me if I keep not under mine own body while I endeavour to nourish your soules And wo to you if ye overcharge your own and others bodies and neglect your own soules Wo to us all if we long for the Quailes and despise the Manna For Nimia carnis corporis cura magna animi virtutis est incuria too much care of the flesh and of the body is a great carelesness and neglect of the minde and vertue could the Philosopher say 2. They spread them all abroad for themselves Take notice of this peoples unbelief The Lord had made them promise of flesh for a whole moneth together ver 20. and they make provision every one for himself as if every day were a moneth He who gatherd least gatherd ten heaps how many gatherd they who gatherd most If we condemn this people how can we justifie our selves Our Lord commands us to pray for our daily bread and that we take no care for tomorrow what we shall eat and what we shall drink Yet our provision commonly made is for our childrens children to the third and fourth generation as if God were our God only and not the God of our seed Moses here presents us with an history of things done in that age which in after ages were and are done over and over There is in man an appetite that 's infinite which being implanted in mans nature by God himself it cannot be in vain And since the whole world and all creatures in it are infinite and cannot all of them latiate and fill an infinite desire it remains that either God made us this soul and this appetite for himself to fill or that it should be empty ever desiring and never satiated never satisfied and so that God should make it in vain which is absurd and contrary to that known rule that God and nature make nothing in vain Consider this O man And turn thine infinite desire toward the infinite God who alone can fill it This desire having lost its guide right reason which is subject to the law of God it rambles up and down among the creatures seeking here and there for satisfaction hunting like Esau in the field of this world for savoury meat Eccles 6. v. 9. which the wisdom findes only at home This is the wandring of the soul and the breaking of the spirit Eccles 6.9 In this scrutiny and search the Lord though forsaken yet forsakes not us but in our Wilderness he drops down his Manna his bread of life his Angels food his Word A food that hath in it the delight of every taste saith the Wiseman which yet the people despised 2. Gods wrath and vengeance on those who so lusted and so satisfied their lusts While the flesh was between their teeth the wrath of the Lord was kindled against the people c. The reason why the Lord smote the people with a very great plague may well be inquired into It seems to be contain'd in the first verse of this Chapter where it s said that the people were ãâã ãâã ãâã ãâã ãâã Quasi murmurantes Our Translators turn it in the Text The people complained but in the margent they were as it were complainers The meaning is they were like those murmurers and complainers described ver 4. the mixt multitude who went up with Israel out of Egypt The people had first complained and were punished with fire ver 1
espousing of which we read Hos 2.19 20. I will betroth thee unto me for ever c. 2. There was an interval or time after their betrothing before the parties came together which they called ãâã ãâã ãâã ãâã ãâã of this we understand Deut. 20.7 and 21.13 Judges 14.7 8. Matth. 1.18 Hos 3.3 thou shalt abide for me many dayes 3. There was a time of coming together and cohabitation when the mariage was consummated this time was called ãâã ãâã ãâã ãâã ãâã Of this time the Lord speaks They shall be my people and I will be their God in Truth and Righteousness Zach. 8.8 of which our Saviour speaks John 14.23 If a man love me he will keep my words and my Father will love him and we will come unto him and make our abode with him Whence it will not be difficult for us to discern in what condition we are towards the Bridegroom whether our Lord be come unto us and make his abode with us or whether we stand at a distance from him while his Ambassadours woo us and beseech us O wonderful condescent that we will be reconciled unto him 2 Cor. 5.20 Surely where the Bridegroom is there his life and spirit is there his joy and consolation is and they twain are but one For he who is joyned to the Lord is one spirit with him so the Syriac 1 Cor. 6.17 And he who saith he abideth in him Esay 62. v. 5. he himself ought so to walk even as he walked 1 John 2.6 And as the joy to the Bridegroom is over the Bride thy God shall rejoyce over thee Is the heavenly Bridegroom thus gratiously present with us are we thus acceptably present with him let our lives give answer to this question The Lord is with you ãâã ãâã ãâã ãâã ãâã in your being with him 2 Chron. 15.2 If the Lord be not thus present with us 2 Chro. 15. v. 2. we have great need to fast and mourn and pray O Lord which for our sakes didst fast fourty dayes and fourty nights give us grace that we may use such abstinence that our flesh being subdued to the spirit we may ever obey thy godly motions in righteousness and true holiness to thine honour and glory who livest and reignest world without end Amen When ye be come into the land of your habitations which I give unto you So ver 18. when ye come into the land whither I bring you Numb 15. ver 2. Ver. 18. The words are in the Participle ãâã ãâã ãâã ãâã ãâã I am giving you ãâã ãâã ãâã ãâã ãâã I am bringing you This seems a very slight exception against the translation but if we shall consider that the Spirit of God by giving and bringing into the land spiritually understands the conferring on believers the eternal inheritance which is the true holy land And how prone men are out of self-love and a strong fansie to assure themselves of bliss and happiness without due qualifications and conditions required thereunto and to be performed on their part it will appear to be the great wisdom of God by such suspension of acts to retain us in our obedience which the good God excites us unto collaterally concurs withal and blesseth with good success So that as we cannot act without him so neither will he act without us As to the words before us there are many examples of this kinde in Pagnins translation which Arias Montanus thought worthy his Animadversion who here instead of Do I give puts Dans I am giving and in place of ingredi facio I make you go in puts ingredi faciens I am making you go in So Tremellius hath here ego daturus sum and ego sum introducturus Nor am I ashamed for the reason named to follow so eminent examples when I endeavour the amendment of our last English translation All the congregation shall offer one yong Bullock for a burnt-offering Numb 15. ver 24. for a sweet savour unto the Lord. What they turn a sweet savour is ãâã ãâã ãâã ãâã ãâã a savour of rest as the Translators themselves acknowledge where the words are first used Gen. 8.21 with allusion to Noahs name who offered that acceptable saccrifice But if they acknowledge that to be the meaning of the words why then do they not so render them in the Text but rather cast that proper sense into the margent It s answered that the Greek Interpreters turn the words ãâã ãâã ãâã ãâã ãâã a savour of sweet smell and that S. Paul hath the same expression Ephes 5.2 where he saith that Christ loved us and hath given or rather delivered up ãâã ãâã ãâã ãâã ãâã Vulg. Lat. Pagnin Vatablus Tigurin Bible tradidit Castellio dedidit himself for us an oblation and sacrifice to God ãâã ãâã ãâã ãâã ãâã for savour of sweet smell It is true indeed that the LXX so express the words howbeit not as a translation but rather as an exposition of them For so although the burnt flesh of beasts cannot be understood to render a sweet savour yet what is spiritually understood by it the consuming and abolishing of the sin cannot but yield unto the Lord a most pleasant and delightful savour which is properly rendred the Savour of rest by Pagnin Odor quietis of our English Ainsworth For whereas sin brings unrest grief trouble and labour to the most holy God whence it s called ãâã ãâã ãâã ãâã ãâã the like and hence he is said to cry like a travelling woman Esay 42.14 and to be pressed down as a Cart is pressed that is full of sheaves Amos 2.13 and to be grieved Hebr. 3.7 and sundry other like hence it will follow in reason that the removal of these grievances must needs be accepted with favour before the Lord so the Chaldy Paraphrast as a savour of rest Thus the Lord saith that the Charets which went toward the North quieted his spirit in the North countrey Zach. 6.8 For the Spirits that are created for vengeance in their fury lay on sore strokes in the time of destruction they powre out their force and appease the wrath of him that made them saith the Son of Sirach Ecclus 39.28 Thus Christ taking away the sin becomes a savour of rest unto his Father Ephes 5.2 And he alone it is who can give quietness case and rest unto those who labour are weary and heavy laden Matth. 11.28 Yet he complains of us that we have made him to serve with our sins and wearied him with our iniquities Esay 43.24 O what a divine work then is it to procure quiet rest and ease even unto him who alone can give ease rest and quiet unto our soules Yea if he gives quietness who can make trouble saith Elihu Job 34.29 Sin and iniquity is that which grieves and disquiets our God that Davus qui turbat omnia that Achan which troubles Israel that Jonah which causeth the storm that Sheba which lifts up his hand against David the
brought upon them the King of the Chaldees 2 Chron. 36.15 16 17. And the like spiritual miseries the Lord threatens to the despisers of his Word in these last dayes Acts 13.41 Acts 13. v. 41. Behold ye despisers and wonder ãâã ãâã ãâã ãâã ãâã and see which is left out in our translation ãâã ãâã ãâã ãâã ãâã and vanish for I work a work in your dayes which ye will not believe though a man ãâã ãâã ãâã ãâã ãâã if a man declare it unto you It followes Hab. 1.5 For lo I raise up the Chaldeans even the ãâã ãâã ãâã ãâã ãâã quasi daemones as S. Hierom renders that word even the devils who bring with them their spiritual maladies as insensibility the plague of the heart a reprobate minde hatred malice and all uncharitableness But blessed be the Lord The Ambassadors of peace labour not altogether in vain For divers of Asher the blessed ones even the blessed of the Lord that 's Asher Gen. 30.13 Manasseh such as forget their own people and their fathers house Gen. 41.51 Ps 45.10 and Zebulun such as have the Lord for their habitation Gen. 30.20 Psal 90.1 These believe the Ambassadors of Christ and finde in these sickly times Prov. 13. v. 17. that a faithful Ambassador or rather ãâã ãâã ãâã ãâã ãâã legatus veritatum an Ambassador of truths is health Prov. 13.17 These procure healing to the land And when others sin with an high land these submit themselves unto the Lord and give the hand unto him Thus Babel in these last dayes shall be laid waste the confused thoughts shall be brought under the obedience of Christ 2 Cor. 10.5 by the true Zorobabel who scatters Babel Zach. 4.7 and Babel shall give her hand and submit her self Jer. 50.15 Let us be such Zebulonites such Manassites such Asherites let us humble our selves and give the hand unto the Lord as they did and the hand of the Lord will be with us as he was with them and he will heal our land if we pray every one unto him Lord keep thy sereant from sins of pride Psal 19. v. 13 14. ãâã ãâã ãâã ãâã ãâã sins of an high hand let them not rule ãâã ãâã ãâã ãâã ãâã in me Then I ãâã ãâã ãâã ãâã ãâã shall be perfect and pure from much transgression The words of my mouth and the meditation of my heart shall be to well pleasing before thy face O Lord my Rock ãâã ãâã ãâã ãâã ãâã and my Redeemer Psal 19.13 14. Now Korah the son of Izbar the son of Cohath the son of Levi Numb 16. v. 1. and Dathan and Abiram the sons of Eliab and On the son of Peleth sons of Reuben took men Here is a mistake of the Translators like that Numb 12.1 For as there so here where the Spirit of God puts difference between the Ring-leader and principal Offender and others drawn in who were less faulty in this Rebellion by joyning ãâã ãâã ãâã ãâã ãâã and Corah took together as the Nominative and the Verb our Translators confound this difference by maming the Verb ãâã ãâã ãâã ãâã ãâã common to all putting it in the end of this verse For the Scripture as here so elsewhere layes the principal blame on Korah Num. 27.3 the company of Korah the gainsaying of Korah Jud. v. 11. Ecclus 45.18 Hereby they do some wrong to Dathan and Abiram though otherwise blame-worthy as they also do some injury to Aaron though he were not blameless as was noted on Numb 12.1 But our Translatours are not alone in this errour For the word ãâã ãâã ãâã ãâã ãâã he took hath troubled most Translators Diodati puts it in the end of the first verse and makes it common to the other conspirators adding a supplement larger then ours have viz. they took with them certain men The French Bible puts it at the end of the verse and renders it Firent entreprise and tells us in the margent that in the Hebrew it is he took to wit certain with him to perform his enter prize Ainsworth and Piscator put the Verb after the Geneologie of Korah Nam zu sich den Dathan But the Copulative following and Dathan hinders that construction What Ainsworth saith in favour of it seems to be gratis dictum for the reason already alleaged as also because men which he adds is not in the holy text but a supplement and that a needless one Others leave this Verb quite out as Vatablus the Tigurin Bible Luther and the Low Dutch translations also of our English Coverdale and two other How then shall we dispose of this Verb ãâã ãâã ãâã ãâã ãâã and how shall we render it surely 't is best to follow the clue of the holy Scripture and to place it where the Spirit of God hath left it So doth Munster Arias Montanus Pagnin and the Spanish Bible As for the signification of ãâã ãâã ãâã ãâã ãâã which they render took it imports Schism Faction and Sedition and is accordingly understood by the learned Jews Sal. Jarchi and others and therefore the Chaldee Paraphrast turns the Verb by ãâã ãâã ãâã ãâã ãâã divisus est Core c. And Korah was divided which Pagnin expresseth well Tulit seipsum ad partem he took himself aside or apart which Arias Montanus corrects without just cause as elsewhere The Bishops Bible so called as also that of Geneva herein agree with Pagnin and turn the Verb he went apart The Spirit of God aliud agens as relating an antient history points us to a mystery of iniquity the Source and Fountain of Marah and Meribah the bitter waters of schism sedition and mis-leading of the people For whereas antiquity old customs of the Church and the ancient Fathers are wont to be alleaged for the patronage and defence of Schismes Rents and Innovations nor is there any false Prophet but usually he takes covert or shelters himself and his false doctrine under the authority of one or other or all these three these three were prefigured by these three first notorious Schismaticks and false Teachers For what was Korah but Calvus as his name signifies an old Bald-pate Antiquity what signifies Dathan but long custom As for Abiram what 's he but an high father as it were another Abram and of the same original and authority also in his own and the peoples conceit who are seduced by him These reverend old Fathers and Patrons of Errour Heresie and Schism both infected their own age and became paterns also unto after ages 1. They so corrupted their own times that the Princes and people fell to them Numb 16. 2. They became paterns also unto after ages as S. Jude speaking of the Apostates of his and after times he shews whose examples they followed and sends a woe after them Jude v. 11. ver 11. Woe unto them for they have gone in the way of Cain and are poured out ãâã ãâã ãâã ãâã ãâã Effusi sunt so Pagnin or run greedily after the
deceived merely by like sounds of ãâã ãâã ãâã ãâã ãâã anethum and Annise In which translation I note as well an Ecclesiastical policy in turning ãâã ãâã ãâã ãâã ãâã decimatis ye pay tithes as a mistake in turning ãâã ãâã ãâã ãâã ãâã Annise For ãâã ãâã ãâã ãâã ãâã might have bin as fully expressed by rendering it ye give tithe as they turn it Luk 18.12 ãâã ãâã ãâã ãâã ãâã decimas do so Hierom I give tithes of all that I possess Or it s as good English that we waive both expressions of debt and bounty and turn the word ye tithe mint and dill But in policy the Translators thought fit tacitely to insinuate unto the people that when they tithed or gave tithes they did no more then pay their due debt and therefore they turnd the word ãâã ãâã ãâã ãâã ãâã ye pay tithe I believe some will make ill use of this my observation to a worse end then I intend it For I do not hereby deny that tithes ought to be given yea payed as the Translators turn the word though it be not so truly turned in this place For if I should deny this the very next words would confute me as they may all those who oppose Tithes Let them read our Lords words judiciously Ye tithe Mint and Dill and Cummin and omit the more weighty things of the law judgment mercy and saith These things ye ought to have done namely judgment mercy and faith and not to leave the other that is tithing of Mint Dill and Cummin undone I never in my ministry hitherto have preached for tithes or any other maintenance of the ministers though the holy Scripture yea the New Testament be full of arguments leading that way and men who read Scripture might be convicted did not self love blind them But because they are reputed covetous who speak of such a subject as also because I have endeavoured to win the peoples souls unto God and not sought mine own gain as God is witness I have therefore forborn that argument Howbeit I know not how it is possible for any man how opposit soever he be unto Tithes to avoid that reason which is immediately and undenyably deduced out of our Lords words Adde what the Apostle saith 2 Cor. 11.7 15. and any indifferent man will observe that what places out of St. Pauls Epistles they use against the ministers maintenance by Tithes or other like way they understand and urge fallaciously by a known fallacy à dicto secundum quid ad dictum simpliciter Because he took no maintenance of the Corinthians therefore none of any other If followeth not By occasion of that place in S. Matthew mistranslated I have made somewhat a long but I hope not an unprofitable digression Let us now proceed unto a third argument 3. If Ezob be not that which we call Hyssop what then is it There are diverse conjectures what Ezob should be Some say its Adiantum Maidenhair or Ruta muraria Rue of the wall Others Parietaria Pellitory of the wall Which conceits seem to be grounded on what I cited before out of 1 Kings 4.33 where Ezob is said to be ãâã ãâã ãâã ãâã ãâã Egrediens in pariete 1 King 4. v. 33. growing in or by or against the wall not out of the wall as ours render it And so it is true that the herbs above named grow out of the wall But I rather think that by Ezob is here to be understood Libanotis or Rosmarinus which we call Rosmary as being that unto which the description vertue and use of Ezob very well agree As for the description 1 Kings 4.33 it contains the genus or common nature of Esob and the subject place where it best grows and thrives As for the genus or common nature it s reckoned among the trees and the lowest of them as appears by the comparison of it with the Cedar which is the tallest And as a tree it s of a woody substance as ãâã ãâã ãâã ãâã ãâã the word used in the place above named signifies Lignum wood as also Ezechiel 15.2 c. where our Translators turn the words thus Son of man what is the Vine tree more then any tree Ezech. 15. v. 2. c. shall wood be taken thereof to do any work or will men take a pin of it to hang any vessel thereon Behold it is cast into the fire for fewel the fire devoureth both the ends of it and the midst of it is burnt will it prosper for work It is evident unto any understanding man who shall attentively consider this place that the Lord speaks not of the Vine tree as our Translators turn it but of the wood of that tree now sere and dry and such as in other trees now dry and seasoned they make timber and apply to some work as here the Prophet instanceth to make a Pin which men are not wont to do while the tree is green nor usually while it is green do they burn it But as for the Vine when the wood of it is now dry men use not it for any work nor make a Pin of it but then burn it as good for nothing else As our Lord speaks of the Vine-branch which had been in him the true Vine John 15. v. 6. but now not bringing forth fruit nor abiding in him he is cast forth as a branch and ãâã ãâã ãâã ãâã ãâã it hath been dried or withered and men gather them and cast them into the fire and they are burned John 15.6 For as the Vine so the Fig tree and some other trees typifie the Church of Christ which ought to be filled with the fruits of righteousness which are in Christ Jesus Phil. 1.11 And if they be unfruitful they are unprofitable and good for nothing the Fig-tree cumbers the ground and makes it idle and unprofitable Luke 13.7 so the Greek word signifies Luke 13. v. 7. ãâã ãâã ãâã ãâã ãâã why does this Fig tree not only become unfruitful it self but makes the ground about it unfruitful also By what hath bin said touching the genus or common nature of Ezob it appears to be a tree and therefore not Hyssop which is an herb as was shewen before And therefore it s more probably to be understood of Libanotis or Rosmary As for the subject place Ezob is said to grow ãâã ãâã ãâã ãâã ãâã in by or against the wall not out of it as ours turn the word as indeed Hyssop sometime doth but the Ezob or Rosmary tree growes and thrives best by or against the wall as common experience proves whereas Hyssop prospers best other where in our Gardens So that the description of Ezob both according to the common nature of it and the particular place of growth agrees to Rosmary not to Hyssop 2. As for the vertues of Ezob although I acknowledge it is the Divine Power which works the cure of diseases for God sends his word and heals Psal 107.20 Yet according to
is most true Every good giving James 1. v. 17. ãâã ãâã ãâã ãâã ãâã and every perfect gift is from above descending from the Father of lights James 1.17 1. By way of application I cannot here omit what Origen Procopius and Eusebius observe concerning this Star and Scepter that by the Star was intended the Divinity of Christ by the scepter his humanity and in the LXX instead of a Scepter shall arise out of Israel we read ãâã ãâã ãâã ãâã ãâã a man shall arise out of Israel And the Star stood over him Matth. 2.9 as the holy Spirit in form of a Dove coming upon him Mat. 3.16 We read of many prodigious and presaging lights appearing before or at the births of some who proved eminent persons but nor any one nor all are comparable unto that great light that day-star which enlightens every man coming into the world John 1.9 Whom the Father gives for a light unto the Gentiles and to be his salvation unto the end of the earth Luke 2. v. 32. Esay 49.6 ãâã ãâã ãâã ãâã ãâã a light for the revealing and uncovering of the Gentiles who were enveloped and hidden in darkness Luke 2.32 as indeed we all are until the divine light shine unto us But however this observation be ingenious and there be a truth in the thing yet not in the word as being grounded on the LXX which turn ãâã ãâã ãâã ãâã ãâã a man whereas the Hebrew word hath no such signification and therefore Symmachus instead of ãâã ãâã ãâã ãâã ãâã a man put ãâã ãâã ãâã ãâã ãâã a scepter as indeed it signifies 2. Note here the rise growth and increase of Christs kingdom in us from Jacob to Israel from a star to a scepter from light to strength Jacob is a type of the weak Church For a figure of this Jacob took his brother by the heel but was so weak that he could not hold him Gen. 25. Who shall remain unto Jacob Amos 7. v. 5. if thou increase the famine for he is small or little Amos 7.2.5 Israel is the strong Church the Church prevailing with God according to the etymologie of that name which the Angel gives him Gen. 32.8 Thy name shall be no more called Jacob but Israel Gen. 32. v. 28. For thou hast been a Prince with God and men and hast prevailed 3. We have here intimated the two eminent vertues of the King Christ grown up and ruling in his kingdom light strength light in the star and strength in the scepter These ye have together Psal 43.2 Thou art the God of my strength O send out thy light And 84.11 The Lord is a Sun and a Shield And 132.17 The horn or strength of David and the Lamp or light of his Anointed which Zachary understood of Christ Luke 1.69 Thus S. Paul calls Christ the power of God and the wisdom of God 1 Cor. 1.24 Both which are sometimes woven into one Phrase as when Christ is called the Sun and compared to a Gyant or strong man to run his course Psal 19. And he appears to S. John as the Sun shining in his strength Revel 1.16 And S. Paul coucheth both as closely when Rom. 13.12 he exhorts us to put on the Armour of light which in the next words he varies Put on saith he the Lord Jesus Christ v. 14. as the same thing Hitherto we have considered the two former Axioms 1. A part 2. Compared one with other In the same method let us proceed in handling the two following Whereof the former is That Scepter shall smite the Corners of Moab Wherein we have this Kings administration and government of his kingdom in subduing the enemies of it in particular the Moabites Wherein we must inquire 1. What are the corners of Moab 2. What it is to smite the corners of Moab 1. What are the corners of Moab Moab is here compared unto a building whereof the great strength lies in the corners as in Gods building which is his Church 1 Cor. 2.9 Christ is the chief corner stone Ephes 2.20 And accordingly the most of our English translations have corners or coasts but the Messiahs wars are not with buildings but with men And therefore by the same metaphore the Princes of Moab are called the corners of it So the Chald. Par. hath ãâã ãâã ãâã ãâã ãâã the Princes which in the text are called corners and the Greek hath ãâã ãâã ãâã ãâã ãâã Captains or Leaders whence the Vulg. Latin hath Duces the Dukes so Luther and Piscator and the Low Dutch The word ãâã ãâã ãâã ãâã ãâã is used both wayes And thus according to our Translators the word ãâã ãâã ãâã ãâã ãâã which signifies principality and a beginning signifies also a corner as where they turn ãâã ãâã ãâã ãâã ãâã a vessel knit at the four corners Acts 10. v. 11. Acts 10.11 which Pagnin renders Quatuor initiis at the four beginnings The word ãâã ãâã ãâã ãâã ãâã which is here turnd He shall smite is properly he shall smite thorow and so it is rendred in the eighth verse of this Chapter He shall pierce them thorow with his arrows and here also in the margent So Arias Montanus and Pagnin so Diodati and Ainsworth Howbeit because the word is used both wayes I shall also speak of it in both senses What was here foretold was accomplished in the history by David the type of the Messiah who smote Moab 2 Sam. 8.2 What reason is there why the Lord 1. Smites the Princes of Moab 2. Why he smites them thorow 1. There is reason why the Lord smites them viz. Because they were enemies deadly enemies against Jacob and Israel 1. Enemies they were against Jacob but deadly enemies against Israel For Israel is the Church increasing with the increases and strength of God Col. 2.19 And therefore as the seed of God increaseth and thrives in us so doth Satans opposition increase also Whence we read in the Parable Mat. 13.26 That when the blade sprang up and brought forth fruit then appeared the Tares also And therefore Numb 23.7 Balac King of Moab saith to Balaam as he reports his words Come curse me Jacob and defie Israel which the LXX render ãâã ãâã ãâã ãâã ãâã Balac desires curses against Jacob but cursings and bannings overcursings ãâã ãâã ãâã ãâã ãâã Supermaledictiones cursings over and over against Israel But why does Balac rage and inveigh more against Israel then against Jacob were not Israel and Jacob one and the same people T is true they were so but different degrees of the same people In the name of Israel is understood a perfect man one who prevails with God And therefore by how much the more strong and powerful he is by so much the more vehement impetuous opposition he may expect While a man is only as Jacob imployed only in inferiour actions and as yet weak for so Jacob is a figure of the Church in its weakness as Israel in its strength
that your generations may know that I made the sons of Israel to dwell in Booths when I brought them out from the land of Egypt I am the Lord your God ver 42 43. That the people might remember and consider their slavery in Egypt and their deliverance out of it Their penury and poverty in the Wilderness when they were houseless and harborless and their plenty and abundance in the land of Canaan when they dwelt in houses that they had not built And therefore the Law was commanded to be read every seventh year at that feast Deut. 31.10 that they might hear and learn and fear the Lord their God the author of all this good unto them and observe to do all the words of his Law And for that end after the ordaining of that Feast Levit. 23.43 is added I am the Lord your God Hence it is that the LXX render ãâã ãâã ãâã ãâã ãâã which some have conceived to be so turned because that Song was so called which the old Greek Stage-players sung at the end of their Comedies when they went off the Stage as Suidas and Pollux and others affirm Accordingly some conceive that the Greek Interpreters alluded to this custom of the Stage-players because when they ended the Feast of Tabernacles they returned to their houses with great joy But truly I am not easily perswaded that the Greek Interpreters would so much honour the Comedians and their profane Stage-customes as to transfer them unto the holy Scripture There is no doubt but the LXX gave this name to the Feast according to the divine institution of it as hath been shewen in memory of Israels coming forth of Egypt And for the same reason they gave the name ãâã ãâã ãâã ãâã ãâã Exodus unto the second book of Moses wherein that great work of God is recorded and rendred the word ãâã ãâã ãâã ãâã ãâã for a memorial of the peoples going out of Egypt Levit 23.16 Numb 29.35 Deut. 16.8 2 Chron. 7.9 Nehem. 8.18 as well knowing the will of the Lord that his people should remember the day when they came forth out of the land of Egypt all the dayes of their life Deut. 16.3 Hence we learn one main end of humane society the celebrating of solemn Assemblies for the worship and service of God in the great Congregation Such are all the solemn Feasts in Scripture As also for the management of civil affairs in order to a peaceable life ãâã ãâã ãâã ãâã ãâã 1 Tim. 2.2 That which the Psalmist expresseth in like words Psal 110.3 ãâã ãâã ãâã ãâã ãâã in the comlinesses of holiness Psal 100. v. 3. 1 Tim. 2. v. 2. which our Translators express in all godliness and honesty Where ãâã ãâã ãâã ãâã ãâã turnd by honesty a word in our language of very large signification might more properly be rendred by comely gravity The Wiseman Prov. 8.6 brings in Wisdom saying I will speak of ãâã ãâã ãâã ãâã ãâã excellent things the LXX turn the word ãâã ãâã ãâã ãâã ãâã grave things that is as the Philosopher explaines ãâã ãâã ãâã ãâã ãâã a decent deportment becoming all ranks and orders of men So that those Conventions of the people were either Ecclesiastical or civil And both had their times of restraint and their times of dimission For whereas all things in the Church ought to be done in decency and ãâã ãâã ãâã ãâã ãâã according to order 1 Cor. 14.40 1 Cor. 14. v. 40. We read that our Lord the Head of his Church is desired by the Disciples to let the multitude depart Mat. 14.15 as afterward he doth v. 22 23. and 15.29 And we read this practised by the Town Clerk or rather Sacred Scribe ãâã ãâã ãâã ãâã ãâã as Dr. Hammond well proves that he dismissed the Assembly Acts 19.35 Acts 19. v. 35. And this dismission proves a restraint in all lawful Assemblies Such were those of the Christians in the Apostles times Hebr. 10.25 James 2.2 and afterwards So Ignatius to Polycarpus ãâã ãâã ãâã ãâã ãâã let the Assemblies be more frequent In which dismission was practised and therefore a restraint supposed In the Greek Church after the Sermon the Deacon said ãâã ãâã ãâã ãâã ãâã a dismission to the people that is the people may depart And the like custom was in the Latin Church Hence is that known form of speech used by the Deacon after the Sermon to the Catechumeni those who were not yet initiated or entred into the divine mysteries but were yet in their rudiments to them it was said Ite missa est The Congregation is dismissed ye may go home These antient and now antiquated customes of the Church easily discover unto us what Dissolutae scopae what loose and confused companies our Church-congregations most-what are as being neither duely gathered and assembled together nor detained by any gentle and moderate restraint upon them nor decently dismissed All which might well become the people of the God of order and the comely body of Christ the head But at this day most men account it a great part of their Christian liberty to be disorderly and to do what they list So that our Church-Assemblies are like people some going others coming from the Market or like Bees alwayes some going in others out of the Hive But if we begin to speak of these disorders we shall never come to an end Come we rather to the spiritual meaning of these words For alas what honour is it unto God or what benefit is it unto the people that so many bodies of men are gathered together in one place or that they are retained and restrained there The Church of God is a communion of souls and spirits And this communion of souls and spirits must be with the God and Father of spirits who made us out souls Otherwise Nihil boni est in unitate nisi unitas sit in bono There is no good in unity unless unity be in goodness We must know therefore that there is a twofold Restraint 1. From sin and iniquity 2. A restraint unto God and his divine nature 1. The restraint from sin and iniquity is the restraint of the seventh day Deut. 16.8 Six dayes thou shalt eat unleavened bread and the seventh day shall be ãâã ãâã ãâã ãâã ãâã a solemn Assembly or rather a restraint The feast of the Passover requires a purging out the leaven of malice and wickedness a keeping our selves from our own iniquity This must be done with unleavened bread even with the unleavened bread of sincerity and truth Ye perceive sincerity accompanies the first and lowest duty even the first passage out of Egypt So far are they out who call perfection which is the highest duty by the name of sincerity which is or accompanies the lowest and meanest 2. There is also a restraint a recollecting and calling home all our wandring thoughts our loose affections our unadvised words our rash actions a bringing them to due examinations a judgeing and
as he who is greater then all and indeed our true Master yet was minister of all so should he who is the greatest among his brethren be as their minister Whence we may reason convictively that if our Lord supposed some of his Apostles and Disciples greater or greatest of their brethren then surely he supposeth they are not equal 2. Hence also appears the spiritual excellency of the eighth day which is the true Lords day when the Lord God omnipotent reigneth and his Kingdom is come unto us in righteousness peace and joy in the holy Ghost For so we shall finde that in this number these are comprehended The number eight is a full number and called by the Pythagoreans the number of justice and righteousness because as it is compounded so it is also resolved into numbers Paritèr pares equal parts and particles of those parts Whence Georgius Venetus observes That they who were saved from the flood were Eight which according to the number of Justice implyes that all who shall be saved must be just men righteous men Yea that Noah for this reason is said to be a just man in his generation Gen. 6.9 Yea he himself is said to be the eighth Preacher of righteousness 2 Pet. 2.5 which is true without that absurd suppliment of person as I have heretofore shewen 2. In this mystical number also of eight the peace is represented when by Circumcision performed on the eighth day Gen. 17. the body of sin in the flesh which lusted against the Spirit Gal. 5.17 is put off Col. 2.11 and we now worship God in the spirit Phil. 3.3 when all jarring dis-harmony all differences between our God and us are silenced and taken away by Christs mediation as the binding cord and we hear nothing but the most harmonical diapason Wherein two things are considerable 1. A Return to the same Tone from whence we departed 2. Though it be not altogether of the same Key yet great agreement great peace there is an union identity and sameness The only difference between them is The one is lower the other is higher These are discernable even to every ear though the learned Musitian can best judge of these things But what is this to us When man thus imitates his God thus returns unto him then as the first day of the Feast of Tabernacles is holy so is the eighth and last also Levit. 23.35 36. When as it was in the beginning so it is now When the one extreme is God the other Man most like unto God and both make a most harmonical and peaceable Diapason There 's but one minde in both 1 Cor. 2.16 One heart in both David according to Gods heart In both one will Gods will done in earth as it is done in heaven O most perfect peace 3. From this righteousness and peace cannot but Echo and resound answerable joy joy in the holy Ghost How can it be otherwise For when the Lord hath circumcised the heart Deut. 30.6 with the circumcision of the spirit on the eighth day the day of the spirit of love and ãâã ãâã ãâã ãâã ãâã hath cleansed and purged it round about according to the LXX and taken away the foolishness of it so the Chald. Paraph. expresseth it so that the man now loves the Lord his God with all his heart and with all his soul when now the mans love is fixed upon what is most lovely even the Christ of God in his Tabernacle the desire of all nations Hag. 2.7 When the man delights in what is most lovely most desireable and most delightful then the desire coming is a tree of life Prov. 13.12 Such joy must then be in great measure proportionable to him in whom we rejoyce and so in a sort unmeasurable and infinite such is the joy in the spiritual feast of Tabernacles when the Lord takes up his Tabernacle with us and dwels with us and we with him Revel 21.3 Such as when Nehemiah even the consolation of the Lord the ãâã ãâã ãâã ãâã ãâã the great Comforter as his name imports keeps the feast of Tabernacles it must needs be joy great joy exceeding great joy Nehem. 8.17 As we may reason from what S. Peter writes to the believers in Christ Whom having not seen ye love in whom though now ye see him not yet believing ãâã ãâã ãâã ãâã ãâã ye rejoyce 1 Pet. 1. v. 8. or leap and dance with joy unspeakable ãâã ãâã ãâã ãâã ãâã Glorificata glorified joy Such is that which ariseth not from the knowledge of Christ according to the flesh for though we have known Christ according to the flesh yet now we know him so no more for we walk by faith and not by sight by faith in the might and power of God according to which our Lord saith Blessed are they who having not seen yet are believing Joh. 20. v. 29. John 20.29 Who can duely esteem this faith and love but he who can experimentally say My Beloved is mine and I am his Cant. 2.16 The excellency of the holy assembly and restraint on the eighth day may justly reprove both the assemblies and restraints of known wicked men and of seeming holy ones for there are of both sorts The Prophet tells us of an assembly of treacherous men Jer. 9.2 The word is ãâã ãâã ãâã ãâã ãâã such as restrained themselves from what was good Jer. 9. v. 2. 8. and were in the bond of iniquity He describes them verse 3. They cause their tongue their bow to shoot a lie and have not strengthened themselves for truth in the earth For they proceed from evil to evil and have not known me saith the Lord. And the Prophet gives warning of such Take ye heed every one of his friend and trust ye not in any brother for every brother will not be Israel prevailing with God but ãâã ãâã ãâã ãâã ãâã will utterly supplant will imitate Jacob in deceiving his brother and every companion will walk deceitfully They will use deceit every one against his neighbour they will not speak the truth they have taught their tongue to speak a lie They have laboured or wearied themselves to commit iniquity Whereupon the Lord tells Jeremy Thine habitation is in the midst of deceit wherefore I am melting them and I will try them saith the Lord. For what shall I do for the Daughter of my people As if the Lord should say they are indeed thus wicked an assembly of treacherous men but some good men there are among them as some gold among much dross wherefore I will melt them and try them Their tongue is an arrow shot out it speaketh deceit One speaketh peace with his neighbour with his mouth but in the midst of him or in his heart he laieth his wait These sins the Prophet found and reproved at Jerusalem and so did David before him Psal 5.5 He had found a like assembly of treacherous men like those before the confusion of tongues Gen. 11. of whom the
Lord said the people are one and they have all one language Whereupon he confounds their tongue and David prayes for the like confusion they are now bound up in the bond of iniquity Wherefore v. 9. Divide their tongues for I have seen violence and strife in the City Their lying deceit and fraud are sins more proper to a City Whence they say that Astus craft subtilty deceit and fraud is from ãâã ãâã ãâã ãâã ãâã that is a City wickedness is in the midst of it deceit and guile go not out of their streets These are City-sins our City-sins sins rank and abounding in our City And therefore the Lord proceeds in his threatnings against that people and it may be feared for like reason against us also Jer. 9.9 Shall I not visit them for these things saith the Lord shall not my soul be avenged of such a nation as this not only that nation but ãâã ãâã ãâã ãâã ãâã such as this also These are ãâã ãâã ãâã ãâã ãâã a combination of wicked men committing open and known wickedness Others there were also among the Jews an assembly of seeming holy men Esay 1. who brought a multitude of sacrifices unto God so that he was full with the burnt offerings of Rams and the fat of fed beasts and the blood of Bullocks Lambs and Goats These were ãâã ãâã ãâã ãâã ãâã ver 13. a solemn meeting as it is there rendred or rather a people in restraint or retention wholly taken up in offering sacrifices observing new Moons and Sabbaths But what saith the Lord of these who hath required this at your hands to tread my Courts Bring no more vain oblations Incense is an abomination unto me The new Moons and Sabbaths the calling of assemblies I cannot away with iniquity and the solemn meeting or restraint So no doubt the words are to be read Esay 1. v. 13 14. And so Pagnin Tremellius Munster Piscator the Tigurin Bible and two of our old English Translations render them Not as our last doth with the supplement it is but jointly without a supplement And the reason is because iniquity opposeth the righteousness of God and the more of God is opposed the more God hates it and therefore it followes your new Moons and your appointed feasts my soul hateth they are a trouble upon me I am weary to bear them This was no doubt a gross mistake of the Jewes that they could not distinguish between that life which God required out of the ceremonies even his everlasting will and commandement John 12.50 and the ceremonies themselves which God adjoyned unto it until the life it self should appear Col. 3.9 Yet I doubt not but we may parallel them with a people among us an assembly a combination of seeming holy ones who make their assembling and the keeping of an outward Sabbath hearing the Word and receiving the Sacrament and the observation of a few other outward duties the very ãâã ãâã ãâã ãâã ãâã the whole business of their religion wherewithal they cover their envie their pride their covetousness their wrath their surfeting their drunkenness their chambering their wantonness all their abominations As for what is required out of these outward services as from the Sabbath the ceasing from our sins from hearing of the Word obedience to be performed thereunto from receiving of the Lords Supper the shewing forth the Lords death in the daily mortification of sin As for the love of God and our neighbour the walking in good works the very end for which our God created us Ephes 2.10 Of these Ne ãâã ãâã ãâã ãâã ãâã quidem few words of these or if words yet but words These are after we believe and are assured that is have strongly fansied that we are justified these are then accounted but ãâã ãâã ãâã ãâã ãâã things at the best indifferent and in a manner at our discretion as being not absolutely necessary to salvation which they are sure of already but upon the matter as to salvation impertinent and needless But if they be urged home and their necessity be demonstrated and that to salvation then they are reputed Pharisism Arminianism Socinianism Familism Monchery Popery So that all the Christian duties and all the excellent priviledges of the eight day of the feast of Tabernacles are resolved into a few outward services of the seventh day But let them expect what event the Jews had of all their ceremonial services without the life of righteousness Who required these things at your hands I cannot away with iniquity and the solemn meeting or restraint As for us let us keep the feast of Tabernacles to the Lord let us keep a solemn assembly a retention a restraint on the eighth day 1. Let us restrain our souls from all iniquity Let us vow this vow unto the Lord and keep it Numb 30. v. 3. If a man vow a vow unto the Lord and swear an oath to binde his soul with a bond he shall not break his word Or rather according to the Hebrew ãâã ãâã ãâã ãâã ãâã by binding a bond upon his soul so David saith Thy vows are upon me O God! If we make vows unto God our word is no more ours but Gods and therefore we are obnoxious unto him So that to violate our words is not simply to break it as our Translators turn it but to prophane it as it is in the Hebrew ãâã ãâã ãâã ãâã ãâã he shall not profane his word because it was sacred as made to the Lord and therefore being not performed it is profaned as they acknowledge in the margent 2. Let us avow and consecrate our selves to the Lord. A promissory oath differs little and only formally from a vow Accordingly David gives us example of the other restraint even to binde our selves to the Lord and his righteousness I have sworn and I will perform it Psal 119. v. 106. that I will keep thy righteous judgements or rather the judgements of thy righteousness 1. It is no mean Society and assembly we are invited unto read how the Apostle describes it Hebr. 12.22 23 24. 2. Nor is the benefit small no less then even the subduing the power of our greatest spiritual enemy Mark 1. v. 23. Mark 1.23 we read of a man in the Synagogue ãâã ãâã ãâã ãâã ãâã a man with or in an unclean spirit who cryed out saying Let us alone What have we to do with thee thou Jesus of Nazareth Art thou come to destroy us I know thee who thou art the holy one of God Satan knew well that Jesus and he had nothing common therefore he saith ãâã ãâã ãâã ãâã ãâã what is common to us and thee And therefore he well knew that there would be no society between Christ and him but that he the stronger man would cast him out of his Tabernacle which he had usurped Whence saith David thine enemies roar Psal 74. v. 4. ãâã ãâã ãâã ãâã ãâã like the Whelps of the Lion the Devil
the Latin Antequam Abraham fieret before Abraham was made or born I am not I was The former before Abraham was it notes a temporary being I am signifies the eternal being proper to God alone signified by ãâã ãâã ãâã ãâã ãâã Gods proper name a being without beginning or end and best signified by the present I am And so the Jews understood him Thus oftentimes Christ makes known his eternal being by I am though our Translators obscure it by turning the words otherwise This eternal being this light this day of the Lord Abraham saw and rejoyced This is that ãâã ãâã ãâã ãâã ãâã that Lords day wherein S. John the Divine was Revel 1.10 This is the day which the Lord hath made Psal 118.24 we will rejoyce and be glad in it he hath made and honoured this day above all other as he is understood to have made Moses and Aaron 1 Sam. 12.6 Thus he made twelve Mark 3.14 he advanced them and preferred them before all others And thus the Lord made the eighth day The eighth day supposeth all the other seven preceding And since Non pervenitur ab extremo ad extremum nisi per medium nor can we come to the eighth but by the intermediate seven dayes Let us therefore enquire into the seven dayes preceding which may be some wayes helpful towards our attainment unto the eighth day Whereas therefore our unregenerate estate is compared to darkness wherein we walk not knowing whither we go of which the Apostle Rom. 1.21 They became vain in their imaginations and their foolish heart was darkned and Ephes 4.17 18. Acts 28.26 27. Hearing ye shall hear and not understand that the true light the day of the Lord may shine unto us Let us consider these dayes 1. With reference to Gods creation and according to their mysterie and 2. More plainly and in relation to our duty The number of six is the first perfect number because it results and ariseth from the combinations of the parts one two and three Whence the Pythagoreans call it Gamon the number of Mariage because the parties joyned one to other beget the whole number The parts also multiplyed one by other produce the same As six times one thrice two twice three A number fit for the fabrick of the world which consists of the first proportion as of four to two which with the principles from which it ariseth and to which it tends makes the Diapason of all harmonies and agreements of sounds the most harmonical and consonant And therefore Pythagoras applyed it to Wedlock and more eminently to that mariage and conjunction of the creatures among themselves And this number being the first perfect number agrees to the perfect Architect and Workman as also to his work to whom to which nothing is wanting nothing is superfluous And therefore when the Creator had finished his work of creation and produced and parted it into this number of six Moses adds his Epiphonema Perfecti sunt igitur coeli terra omnis exercitus eorum Gen. 2.1 Thus the Heavens and the Earth were finished and all the host of them And therefore Orpheus who had read these works of God in Genesis as Socrates Plato and many others of the learned Gentiles had done he put a Period and a full close to his Hymns and Songs in the sixth generation because the argument of his Hymns were in this sixth generation wholly concluded and perfected because in that number of dayes the great workman God himself had finished his work in six dayes Now if more curiously we consider the egress and progress of the Workmaster the number of six wherein this Fabrick was made is fitly represented by a Triangle whose base is three the top one and the middle two For the whole Fabrick or work of the World is raised proceeds from the three subsistences which are called persons whose works Ad extra are undevided and they tend unto one end the glory of the one and onely God The Transitus or passage is by a Binarius a Duality by two which is the matter and is consummate and perfected by union which is the form Thus the divine Philosopher in his Timaeus Where God saith he the Maker of the World hath produced the number of Heaven and Earth he presently made the light whereby the Creators might be distinguished and distinctly known the Chaos was the matter the light the form the first dayes work On the second day he set the Firmament between the waters above and beneath even the Divine Wisdom and the Humane lest there should be a greater influence then this inferiour World could receive This is the second dayes work which the antient Divines account unhappy and the Jews of old read mournfully with the Accent ãâã ãâã ãâã ãâã ãâã as grieving for that Obstacle that bar which hindred the influence of the Divine Wisdom and goodness upon us The Fountain of Divine Grace and Goodness it is most plentuous most exuberant and abundant but the Divine Justice weighs out unto every one its measure whereof it is capable For unto every one of us is given grace according to the measure of the gift Christ Ephes 4.7 divided to every one according as he will Ephes 4. v. 7. 1 Cor. 12.11 On the third day according to the formal number which is three the formes of things are explained and thereby they are severed one from other That the distinction of these might appear more evidently the the two great Lights and all the other Stars are made and set in Heaven and that is the fourth dayes work On the fifth day signified by ãâã ãâã ãâã ãâã ãâã which is the character of life the living souls were made which fill the air and water On the sixth signified by ãâã ãâã ãâã ãâã ãâã which also is a character of life the living creatures were made which replenish the earth Last of all when the house is builded and finished the Man the Lord of it is made in the most perfect form even the similitude and image of his God Now because the Lord in six dayes made Heaven and Earth and rested the seventh day therefore man is commanded to labour six dayes and to rest the seventh day The reason of this consequence is man was made in the image and similitude of his God From this when man fell he was again invited thereunto to imitate his God in doing and leaving undone and renewing his work in labour and in rest As by the six dayes our God had his egress and rested in the seventh so man fallen man hath his regress and return to his God by his six dayes of abour and rests in the seventh As before God made the World there was darkness c. The like we read Jer. 4.23 As therefore God said Let there be light and he who commanded the light to shine out of darkness shines in the heart 2 Cor. 4.6 The light that enlightens every one coming into this
each by one place and no more And there are many like Nor were some of these places named so nigh the passage over Jordan where these words were spoken as to specifie it as appears by most of them if we compare them with the Chorographical Tables Yea some words understood of places will hardly prove so as will be manifest unto those who shall well examine them The Chaldee Paraphrast opens the whole business declaring summarily in these few words the Argument of the whole Book of Deuteronomie and the practise of Moses herein conformable unto other Governours of Gods Church For thus he understood and explained this verse as minding and reproving Israel for their sins committed in the places mentioned Thus by These words he understands hard and reprehensory words Moses reproved them saith he because they sinned in the Wilderness and because they tempted God in the Plains over against the Red Sea and in Pharan Where they murmured against Manna And in Hazeroth where they provoked God for flesh And in that they made themselves a golden Calf So he interprets Dizahab which is from ãâã ãâã ãâã ãâã ãâã and ãâã ãâã ãâã ãâã ãâã sufficientia auri whence the LXX turn the word ãâã ãâã ãâã ãâã ãâã and the Vulg. Latin Ubi auri est plurimum where there is much gold And many suppose Dizahab the proper name of a place which is no where else named nor doth Hierom mention it where purposely he treats De locis Hebraicis The Appellative signifies the abuse of their plenty of gold to the making of an Idol Which opinion of the Chald. Par. is so probable that Rabbi Salomon and Munster and others follow it Yea Rupertus was so far perswaded of this that hereby he explains the Lords words Numb 14.22 They have tempted me these ten times to be properly understood and not taken for many as elsewhere Levit. 26.26 Job 19.3 But whether exactly that number of provocations may be found in these words as Ainsworth on Numb 14.22 hath reckoned up just so many I leave to their inquiry who have more leisure Lastly according to this interpretation the Chald. Paraph. brings in Moses now toward his death reproving the sons of Israel as Moses had brought in Israel himself doing the like immediately before his end Gen. 49.1 2 3. 33. In like manner Samuel in his old age sharply rebuked the people 1 Sam. 12. And that great example of all Governours the Lord Jesus Christ whom the Lord raised up like unto Moses He before his asscension into heaven left a severe reproof with his commission to the Apostles Mark 16.14 But let us proceed unto the following words There were eleven dayes journey from Horeb by the way of Mount Seir Deut. 1. v. 2. unto Kadeshbarnea The word journey is not in the Text howbeit the literal sense will bear it well enough The words might well be let loose from the Parenthesis both because they are consentany with the former verse as also because they agree with ver 6 7 Where the Lord commands the people to take their journey from Horeb as they did ver 19. and came to Kadeshbarnea They agree very well with ver 1. and make good proof of that sense which the Chaldee Paraphrast gives of it viz. A Reprehension of the people for their sin There was eleven dayes journey from Horeb the way of Mount Seir unto Kadeshbarnea They had now gone thorow that great and terrible Wilderness and were come to the confines of the promised land v. 19. and that in eleven dayes Whence we may consider that inestimable loss of the unbelieving Israelites who in so short a time had finished so much of their journey and refused through unbelief and disobedience to make further progress toward the holy land Insomuch as what remained of their journey was not finished in less then thirty and eight years which had they been willing and obedient according to the proportion of their journey past might have been accomplished in less then so many dayes Deut. 2.14 Let the Israel of God take notice of this That there intercede eleven dayes or legal lights between Mount Horeb the Sword and terrour and killing letter of the Law and Kadeshbarnea the moveable or mutable holiness of the child and that in compasing Mount ãâã ãâã ãâã ãâã ãâã or Seir that formidable doctrine which causeth horripilation and makes the hair stand on end through fear Besides the number Undenarius eleven is of ill omen as being that which is called in the Interlineary Gloss Numerus transgressionis the number of transgression since the mysteries of it for the most part bode somewhat that 's evil It is S. Augustins observation lib. 15. de Civit. Dei cap. 20. That the tenth generation of those who built up the City of God ended in Noah But Cain who was the builder of the Devils City he had eleven in his posterity before the flood Quoniam lex denario numero praedicatur unde est memorabilis ille decalogus profectò numerus undenarius quoniam transgreditur denarium transgressionem legis ac per hoc peccatum significat Because the Law is delivered in the number of ten whence that Decalogue is memorable surely the number Eleven because it transgresseth or goes beyond the denary or number of Ten it signifies a transgression of the Law and thereby Sin The same Father gives further instance of eleven Curtains Vndecim vela Cilicina In Cilicio recordatio est peccati propter haedos ad sinistram futuros quòd confitentes in Cilicio prosternimur Progenies ergo Adam per Cain scelerationem undenario numero finitur quo peccatum significatur Eleven Curtains of Goats hair or Sackcloth In Goats-hair is the remembrance of Sin by reason of the Goats which are to be at the left hand Because when we confess in Sackcloth we are humbled or cast down Therefore the Progenie of Adam by the wickedness of Cain is finished in the number of eleven whereby Sin is signified And this number falling short of twelve is that notable number of the twelve Patriarchs and Apostles as there were eleven children of Ham before the flood sons of Canaan Gen. 10.15 18. In undenario fuerunt Apostoli tempore passionis quando defecerunt à fide The Apostles were in the number Eleven in the time of the Passion when they fell from the faith saith S. Bernard And as the number eleven is ominous in regard of the sin so likewise is it unlucky in respect of the punishment For the like number of dreadful Epithites we meet withal noting the day of the Lord most terrible unto sinful men Zephan 1.15 16. Where we have a description of the day of the Lord by Eleven adjuncts and circumstances of it which render that day most formidable and terrible For it s called a day of wrath and that day brings forth Twins and every one of them speaks terrour and affrightment and imports an abhorrency unto our nature How
neither go nor stand Yet this is one great infirmity and weakness of many who believe themselves Saints and grown men in Christianity This justly reproves those who when they have passed over Arnon think that they are come to their rest to the end of their journey not considering that there are diverse stages in our journey toward the heavenly Canaan Wherefore let us proceed Behold I have given into thy hand Sihon the Amorite King of Heshbon and his land The words contain the Lords free donation of Sihon and his land into the power of Israel The gift is either personal or real 1. Personal and so we have the name of the person Sihon illustrated by his nation an Amorite his royal authority King and his royal City Heshbon 2. The real gift is his land Of these the Lord gives Israel a demonstration Behold or see I have given into thy hand Sihon c. In which words these Axioms are contained 1. Sihon the Amorite King of Heshbon had his land 2. God gave into the hand of Israel Sihon the Amorite King of Heshbon and his land 3. The Lord saith Behold I have given in thy hand Sihon the Amorite King c. 1. Sihon the Amorite King of Heshbon had his land The land of Sihon is that which is otherwise called the land of Gilead as appears Numb 32. v. 29. compar'd with v. 33. Howbeit this land of Gilead was now called the land of the Amorites for Sihon King of the Amorites had fought against the former King of Moab and taken all his land out of his hand even unto Arnon Numb 21.26 And this was Sihons land What was his City His City was called Heshbon that was the royal City of Sihon King of the Amorites Numb 21.25 Deut. 1.4 Whence observe that 1. Sihon the Amorite a wicked man had his land the Lord calls it his So the Edomites the Moabites and the Ammonites all sinful nations yet had their Cities and Territories by the best right Jure divino by divine right as appears by Deut. 2.5.9.19 Whence it is evident That Dominum rerum temporalium non fundatur in gratia The dominion of temporal things is not founded in grace As for the mystical meaning of these words Sihon has his name from ãâã ãâã ãâã ãâã ãâã which is of the same signification and extent with ãâã ãâã ãâã ãâã ãâã which is to sweep away dust durt or filth also to destroy extirpate and root up So that Sihon is a Sweeper a Destroyer one who extirpates and roots up These are no meet qualifications for a King yet this Sihon is said to be King of Heshbon That 's Sihons royal City and what is Heshbou What else but the thought and imagination So ãâã ãâã ãâã ãâã ãâã signifies So that Sihon the Amorite is that talking bitter froward rebellious domineering spirit in men which sweeps away destroyes extirpates and roots out all good cogitations and thoughts out of us and implants all evil thoughts in their room And in these evil thoughts Sihon dwels Ill â se jactat in aula Sihon keeps his Court in Heshbon among the thoughts That we may the better understand what Sihons royal City and Court is we must know what Heshbon the thought and thoughts are They are certain inward acts of the reasonable soul which may be considered either abstractly in themselves as they are without commerce or influence upon the affections receive no taint from them and so they may be said to be indifferent Such are they which befal men waking like Dreams These although we cannot call them evil because they receive no corruption from the evil will and affections yet without doubt they are great impediments and rubs in our spiritual journey and hinder our proficiency and growth in grace yea and too evident a signe they are of an empty heart that is not filled with the love of God For if the heart be filled with these intus existens prohibet extraneum they keep off God from his Sanctuary Eezch 8.6 The thoughts may be considered concretely as they excite and stir up affections 1. Either to good as concerning our God and the eternal state of our souls and so consequently the thoughts are good as where the Psalmist saith I said or thought I will look to my wayes Psal 39.1 Or 2. As they move us to evil in which regard they may be called evil thoughts Ezech. 38.10 So that the good or evil thoughts receive their tincture and name from their objects whereabout they are conversant and busied But because as Scire malum non est malum to know evil is not evil so Scire bonum non est bonum to know what is good is not that good we know we must understand that thoughts are either speculative or practical 1. The speculative thoughts busied about evil it is not necessary that the thoughts themselves should be evil For God himself is said to know the vain and sinful thoughts of men Psal 94.11 when yet his thoughts are no more infected by the evil then the Sun is by shining on a Dunghil And thus some excellent men have known evil and how to act it yet have not done it as it s said of Titus the Emperour that he knew how to counterfeit the hands of all the great men of Rome but he never did it unto any mans hurt How much more is this true of our Lord and his Apostles who in their reproofs and dehortations are necessarily supposed to have known the evils which they reproved and from which they deborted yet were they not so much as in a thought guilty of them or corrupted by them Howbeit in men under an inferior dispensation even speculative thoughts of evil Job 31. v. 1. may administer oecasion of evil So Job reasons I have stricken a covenant with mine eyes and why should I think upon a Maid As for the practical thoughts about evil which proceed to delight and consent in the evil there is no doubt but they are evil And in these Sihon having rooted out the old inhabitants out of the heart the good thoughts proceeding from God Psal 139.17 2 Cor. 3.5 he brings in a Colonie of his evil thoughts and these are his royal City his Mansion house where he resides and dwels Hence we may observe that if Sihon be King of Heshbon if the destructive and extirpating spirit bear rule in our thoughts the man is no doubt fallen from his God For since the heart is fons omninum actionum ad extra since all actions proceed from the heart and most mens thoughts and actions are most unlike unto God unto whose image the man was made it cannot be but the heart the Fountain of our thoughts and actions hath been corrupted Neque enim oculos ad concupiscentias sumpsimus neque linguam ad maleloquium neither received we our eyes for concupiscence nor our tongue for evil speaking nor our ears to hear evil words nor our
Deut. 4. ver 7. as the Lord our God is in all things that we call upon him for The Translators here have understood Moses as if he had compared the only true God and his presence with other nations and with his own people As if he had said God is more present with Israel then with any other nation But the comparison stands between the Heathen gods the true God of Israel For 1. Therefore there is added the proper name of the true God Jehovah and appropriation of him to his people Jehovah our God Such comparison we read Deut. 32.31 Jer. 14.22 1 Cor. 8.4.5 and often elsewhere And because the Heathen worshipped many gods the word here is to be turned plurally gods And thus the Vulg. Lat. Pagnin Castellio Munster the French and Spanish Translations Martin Luther two translations in the Low Dutch five English Translations all these render the word plurally gods and Diodati though he render it in the singular number yet he acknowledgeth that some understand the word plurally the gods of the Gentiles which could not succour their own worshippers So the Tigurin Bible and Vatablus acknowledgeth that in the Hebrew the words are gods nigh Herein Tremellius and Ainsworth mislead our Translators who understood the word ãâã ãâã ãâã ãâã ãâã in the singular number and of the true God And Drusius is mistaken with them who though ãâã ãâã ãâã ãâã ãâã be plural and signifie gods neer excuseth it by saying that Elohim is of the common number and that ãâã ãâã ãâã ãâã ãâã was put in the plural to answer the termination not the sense A strange reason as if the Spirit of God had more regard to an ãâã ãâã ãâã ãâã ãâã or a like ending of words then of the sense and matter And although Tremellius alleage a like example Josh 24.19 and Ainsworth another Deut. 5.26 Yet the common name ãâã ãâã ãâã ãâã ãâã applyed to the other nations and the proper name ãâã ãâã ãâã ãâã ãâã with his relation joyn'd to his people evidently prove that there is not the same reason of these testimonies and the Scripture now before us Beside there was no doubt or question could be made whether the God of Israel were so neer to any other nation as to his own people in covenant with him Which yet is all that these men contend for Whereas indeed the comparison stands between the presence and help of other gods to their respective people and the presence and help of the only true God to his people of Israel 2. The words following in v. 8. make this sense clear and evident what great nation is there which hath so righteous statutes and judgements as all this Law which I set before you this day So that the Lord God of Israel is compared and preferred before the gods of other nations in regard of his nighness and accessibleness when his people call upon him so in respect of all his righteous Law set before his people in comparison of the statutes and judgements of other nations which how ever they might at least many of them be called righteous yet were they mixt with unrighteous Lawes As those of the Lacedemonians which however they had many just lawes delivered to them by Lycurgus yet theft was tolerated among them yea commanded provided that the thing stoln were kept so close that it could not be found ãâã ãâã ãâã ãâã ãâã It was held lawful or commanded by the Law to steal but it was accounted dishonest to be discovered saith Plutarch And although some Law-givers as Numa and Lycurgus for the credit of their Lawes pretended the authority of a Deity yet beside that their subtilty was soon known the vanity and superstition of the Lawes themselves Ex insitis argumentis easily made manifest what god was the author of them I wish therefore that the words were thus rendred what great nation is there whose gods are so near unto them as Jehovah our God is in all things we call upon him for The truth of this hath hitherto appeared in the histories of the Egyptians the Amalekites the Midianites the Moabites and the Ammonites whose gods were not so nigh unto them nor helpful at all in the necessities of their respective worshippers as the Lord God of Israel had been unto his people in all things for which they called upon him So that the words are an appeal to the peoples experience touching the truth of all these Histories and a strong argument obliging them to believe and obey the Lord their God so nigh unto them in all things they call upon him for 1. Take notice hence O thou Israel of God what God that is whom thou worshippest how near he is unto thee and can he be neerer then in the midst of thee Levit. 26.11 12. Numb 5.3 Deut. 23.14 Ezech. 37.26 even in thy heart and in thy mouth Deut. 30.14 Rom. 10.8 James 1.21 2. How ready he is to hear thee and answer thee when thou callest upon him Psal 145.18 Esay 58.9 Yea before thou callest upon him Psal 32.5 Esay 65.24 3. How reasonable therefore is it that we should renounce those false gods who cannot draw near unto or help their own people Such are the gods of the Edomites earthly men whose god is their belly who minde earthly things 2 Chron. 25.15 Phil. 3.19 Yea how unreasonable is it that we draw near unto the Lord our God the only true God who is most near most able most willing and most ready to help his people By so doing we shall invite the Lord to draw nigh unto us It is the exhortation of S. James Chap. 4.8 Draw near unto God and he will draw near unto you But how shall we draw near unto our God How else but by humbling our selves under his mighty hand and opposing the temptations of his and our enemy therefore the same Apostle premiseth immediately these means Jam. 4. v. 7. v. 7. ãâã ãâã ãâã ãâã ãâã They are all Military phrases S. James as a Captain or Leader gives words of Command Be subject or subordinate unto God the Commander in chief withstand the Devil the great enemy and then he warrants them they shall rout him he will flee from you Such were the antient engagements of the person baptized who being turnd toward the West said ãâã ãâã ãâã ãâã ãâã I renounce Satan And then being turnd toward the East he said ãâã ãâã ãâã ãâã ãâã I am co-ordinate or conjoyn'd as a Souldier unto Jesus Christ And so much of antiquity there is extant in that excellent form of Baptism though antiquated wherein the person baptized is admitted into Christs matricula his Military Roll and Army for this end Manfully to fight under his Banner against Sin the World and the Devil and to continue Christs faithful Souldier and servant unto his lives end When such Souldiers are foyled and wounded by the enemy and are sorrowful for their wounds the Emperour of the World the Commander
Taking up the Cross 1. Self-denyall stands as a Porter to keep the dore of the heart And therefore ãâã ãâã ãâã ãâã ãâã which we turn to keep signifies all the Porters duty in three acts Observare Cohibere prohibere 1. To observe who comes in and who goes out For so every one ought to take heed what thoughts enter into his heart and what desires run out 2. To keep the heart at home that it go not after the eyes Num. 15.39 3. To award and keep off temptations Job 31.1 2. The Cross and patience of Jesus Christ is as a strong dore with locks and barrs to withstand and bear off all forcible entry And therefore ãâã ãâã ãâã ãâã ãâã signifies a Prison-house Gen. 40.3 According to our Lords precept Luke 21. v. 19. Luke 21.19 In or by your patience ãâã ãâã ãâã ãâã ãâã possess ye or gain ye the possession of your souls Such diligent heed must be taken for the avoiding of great evills that otherwise will follow That 's the third divine Axiom 3. Israel ought to take heed to himself and keep his soul diligently lest he forget the words which his eyes have seen and lest they depart from his heart This point adds to the former the consideration of the ends why Israel ought to take heed to himself and keep his soul and these ends are powerful reasons of this important duty from the great and imminent danger which will ensue upon the neglect of it Wherein we have 1. The caution or warning only take heed to thy self and keep thy soul diligently 2. The peril and danger that otherwise will follow lest thou forget the words which thine eyes have seen and this danger brings in another lest these words depart from thine heart Herein we must enquire what forgetfulness is which because its a privation and privatives are best known by their positives we must first learn what memory is and what it is to remember which according to Plato Speusippus and others of that School is Cogitationes conservare to keep our thoughts And they say that the better memory is Dispositio animae inhaerentem veritatem custodiens a disposition and frame of the soul keeping truth inherent in it But these descriptions seem too strait for the nature of memory Others therefore ascribe two offices unto it others three 1. To lay up in memory 2. To retain 3. To recall to minde The two former may be reduced to one 1. As to keep and retain the thoughts 2. To recal them when they are lost or in danger of losing when we have use of them Thus Jacob ãâã ãâã ãâã ãâã ãâã laid up and kept in his memory the dreams of his son Joseph Gen. 37.11 So did Mary keep in her heart ãâã ãâã ãâã ãâã ãâã all the words which were spoken of Christ by the Shepherds Luke 2.19 Luke 2. v. 19.51 And again v. 51. His Mother kept ãâã ãâã ãâã ãâã ãâã all these words Our Translators turn ãâã ãâã ãâã ãâã ãâã in the former place things in the later more advisedly sayings And as to remember is to commit and retain our thoughts in memory so likewise it signifies to recal them as Luke 22.61 Peter remembred the words of the Lord Luke 24.6 7 8. To forget therefore is to lose our thoughts and let them slip out of our custody and keeping So the Apostle understood forgetfulness Hebr. 2.1 If we inquire into the reason of this warning it proceeds from the great love of God toward his Israel 1. He knowes the excellency of the words and things committed to our trust and the custody of our memories even the holy and blessed Trinity and the work of our creation Eccles 12. ãâã ãâã ãâã ãâã ãâã thy Creators the Law of God the Father Malac. 4.4 The Redemption by Jesus figured by bringing Israel out of Egypt Deut. 16.3 Jude v. 5. Vulg. Lat. Sins committed against so great grace Deut. 9.7 Ceasing from our sins figured by the Sabbath Exod. 20.8 and many the like which is not a bare memory but such as puts us upon sutable duty Verba sensuum innuunt affectum effectum words of sense inward and outward import affection and effect answerable thereunto as Deut. 8.18 19 20. Psalm 22.27 and many the like 2. These are too sublime and of too high a nature for the foolish heart of man left to it self to contain Prov. 24.7 And there is in us by corrupt nature a stupidity and dulness in regard of spiritual things Hebr. 5.11 And Satan with his evil spirits interpreted by our Saviour the fowls of the air is watchful to catch the Word of God out of the heart when it is sowen Matth. 13.19 He is ready ãâã ãâã ãâã ãâã ãâã to drink and swallow up the precious liquor of the spiritual doctrine if we let it slip and it run out of our vessels 1 Pet. 5. v. 8. Hebr. 2.1 1 Pet. 5.8 3. The memory it self is frail and weak as a vessel that has got a fall that 's crackt and riven So saith the Wiseman that the inward parts of a Fool are like a broken vessel he will hold no knowledge as long as he liveth Ecclus 21.14 4. The memory is too often full of somewhat else and so intùs existens prohibet extraneum a vessel full of one liquor will not hold another Non datur penetratio dimensionum two bodies cannot be in one place nor two contrary spirits in one soul The Fool full of his own knowledge cannot receive divine understanding Proverbs 30.22 Great need therefore there was that the Lord should warn us of this danger 1. Whence we may observe the Lord hath given us the tutelage and gardianship of our selves our souls our hearts and what is that but our memories whereby we retain holy thoughts and the divine words which our eyes have seen Plato tells us that Mnemosyne is the Mother of the Muses The meaning is that the memory brings forth and nourisheth all the good thoughts It is the true inward Eve the Mother of all the Living ones which brings forth unto us spiritual Children According to which whosoever doth the will of God he is the Mother of Christ Matth. 12.50 For all the senses outward and inward were made for the life especially the two disciplinary senses Seeing and Hearing The Lord hath given them both for this end And therefore the eye is a seeing eye when a man sees the divine Words and discerns aright what the will of the Lord is and the ear is an hearing ear when he obeyes the commands of God And therefore the wiseman tells us that the hearing ear and the seeing eye the Lord hath made even both of them Prov. 20.12 Whence our Lord he that hath an ear to hear saith he let him hear Matth. 13.9 Rev. 13.9 Thus the retentive memory and the heedfull thoughts are given unto man as his meet help before him Ephes 1.4 Thus the woman was created for the
joyn'd and continued unto him as one with him 1 Cor. 6.17 He that is joyned unto the Lord ãâã ãâã ãâã ãâã ãâã agglutinatus glued as it were and intimately united unto the Lord he is one spirit the Syriac adds with him And therefore it must needs be irksom and painful to part from him as a bone dis-joynted and parted from its bone so the word in Jer. 6.8 signifies as the Translators acknowledge in the margent and it is so used Gen. 32.24 And indeed it most concerns us and in all reason we should be most sensible of it when our soul is dislocated and out of joynt and so it is when the Lord departs from it because we have first departed from him And therefore he complains Ezech. 6.9 I am broken with your whorish heart that hath departed from me And therefore the Lord out of his great love seems sensible of such paines as accompany dis-joynting or wounding or breaking of the body part from part Wherefore the Lord out of intense love exhorts us Be instructed or corrected or instruct thy self O Jerusalem Ne avellatur anima mea so Arias Montanus turns it lest my soul be violently pluckt away from thee as unwilling yet forced by thee to depart from thee And what will come of it lest I make thee as a Desart a wasted desolate land not inhabited These words must not depart from thy heart all the dayes of thy life Thou hast no warrant to neglect the heeding of thy self or keeping of thy soul no not one day of thy life The reason is 1. Our God is the God of all our times all our dayes 2. His words are the words of this life Acts 5.20 Be exhorted O Israel only to take heed to thy self and keep thy soul diligently lest thou forget the words which thine eyes have seen and lest they depart from thy heart all the dayes of thy life Solomon having exhorted his son or disciple to heed his words and give attention to his sayings Prov. 4.20 well knowing the common guise of hearers to let what they hear ãâã ãâã ãâã ãâã ãâã slip or drop like water thorow a riven dish as that word properly signifies Hebr. 2.1 he adviseth his son to beware lest the wicked cause these words to depart from his eyes For so the word is in Hiphil and requires ãâã ãâã ãâã ãâã ãâã to be understood out of the verse before Prov. 4. v. 21. ãâã ãâã ãâã ãâã ãâã Ne recedere faciant let not the wicked cause them to depart from thine eyes but that he keep them in his heart as an hidden treasure laid up in the midst of his heart as most dear unto him This keeping of them will not be in vain for they are words of life to those who finde them v. 22. And whereas some Physical Receipt may be soveraign for the cure of some one or other disease this ãâã ãâã ãâã ãâã ãâã this Receipt or received doctrine as he calls it ver 2. of of that Chapter it s a Catholicon an universal medicine its health to all their flesh Which is literally and really true for the healing doctrine of the Word 1 Tim. 1. v. 10. as the Apostle calls it 1 Tim. 1.10 not only restraines the concupiscible from all excess and riot from all surfeting and drunkenness from all chambering and wantonness all foolish and hurtful lusts which betray the soul unto these exorbitancies but it moderates also the passions of the irafcible as anger fierceness indignation desire of revenge vain fears vain hopes Which spiritual maladies the learned Physitians in their ãâã ãâã ãâã ãâã ãâã plainly declare to be the causes of many bodily diseases But though the words of wisdom be attended unto though laid up in the heart yea in the midst of the heart yet unless the heart it self be well kept we are in danger to forget the words which our eyes have seen and they will depart from our heart To prevent so great an evil its needful that we learn an Art of memory a method and way to keep these words For certainly by corrupt nature we are not able to keep them Herein we must proceed ãâã ãâã ãâã ãâã ãâã Somewhat that hinders must be removed and some positive helpful means used 1. As for the former I shall name some impediments of the natural memory and the removal of them with Analogy unto spiritual hindrances and removal of them also The corrupt animal spirit hurts the natural memory And many unclean spirits there are which destroy the remembrance of those words which our eyes have seen One ye read of in Mark 1. Yea Mark 5.2 there 's a whole Legion of them in one man who dwels in the tombs even in dead works He cannot be bound with the bands and fetters of the Law but he breaks them and casts them away Psal 2. Such unclean spirits ye read of who have destroyed the memory of God and his Word extreamly in these last dayes Revel 16.13 14. Jer. 23.14.27 How needful therefore is it to discern of the spirits whether they be of God or not 1 John 4. 2. The Physitians say Delirium phrenitis causat oblivionem when the reason is lost the memory is lost 'T is the ãâã ãâã ãâã ãâã ãâã the guide and rudder of the soul The Prodigal for this reason forgat his fathers house as it is evident from hence that afterward he is said to come to himself Luke 15. 3. A third hurt of the memory is said to be negotiorum moles incombrance with many businesses Mark 4.19 the cares of this world and the deceitfulness of riches and the lusts of other things choak the word And therefore the Apostle exhorts us to lay aside every weight and the sin that besets us in every circumstance Hebr. 12.1 4. That which they say helps the natural memory hurts the spiritual namely images For experience hath proved that hereby forgetfulness of God and divine things hath crept into the Church of God Hereby the antient people of God were extreamly deceived They made an Idol to help their memory of God and thereby the lost it Psal 106.19 20 21. They made a Calf in Horeb and worshipped the molten image c. Then followes they forgat God their Saviour And it is a vain impiety to set men to look Pictures and Images of God the Father Son and Spirit which draw down the thoughts from conceiving a-right of God to be a Spirit unto corporeal and sensible things 2. Come we to positive helps Certain it is Quae curamus meminimus Those things which we take heed unto and take care of those even when we are old we remember especially when we fasten them in our souls by meditation on them day and night Psal 1. They are wont to preserve the natural memory with certain ointments applyed to the head Such a spiritual unction we receive from the holy One 1 John 2.20 which remembers us of all that ever we
the commanding of these same words and this day I render them the same words because there is a double emphasis upon them ãâã ãâã ãâã ãâã ãâã These same words are either extended unto all the Commandements of God as often elsewhere so especially in this Book or else they have special reference unto the words next preceeding even the great Commandement of the Law 1. These same words are extended to all the Commandements both affirmative and negative more specially to those principal precepts of the Decalogue delivered in the former Chapter So Aben Ezra And this is clear out of the context For v. 1 2. Moses propounds to Israel all the Commandements the Statutes and the Judgements 2. By these same words those next preceding may be understood even the first and great Commandement as our Lord calls it Matth. 22.37 Mark 12.29 Hear O Israel the Lord our God is one Lord. And thou shalt love the Lord thy God with all thy heart and with all thy soul and with all thy might Then followes and these same words shall be upon thy heart c. In the fourth verse is contained the Object of our duty in the fifth the duty it self The Object of our duty is Triunus Deus the Unity in Trinity The Lord that 's the Father our God that 's the Son Immanuel God with us and again the Lord who is the Lord the Spirit 2 Cor. 1.17 and these are one God There 's the Uunity of the Object There is also an Universality of the duty required of all Nations inhabiting in the four quarters of the World For so ãâã ãâã ãâã ãâã ãâã hear hath ãâã ãâã ãâã ãâã ãâã a Capital letter and bigger then the other which being numerical signifies the LXX Nations which may be reckoned up Gen. 10. and are implyed by Moses Deut. 32.8 which Seventy Nations inhabited the four quarters of the Earth which is intimated in the letter ãâã ãâã ãâã ãâã ãâã another Capital letter which is the last in ãâã ãâã ãâã ãâã ãâã Then followes the Vniversal duty of all the Seventy Nations inhabiting the four parts of the World Thou shalt love the Lord thy God with all thy heart with all thy soul and with all thy might These same are the words which the Lord is commanding may be understood both wayes both generally of all the Commandements and more specially of the first and great Commandement which comprehends vertually all the rest 2. Now what is the commanding of these same words As for this manner of speech I am commanding It is no nice or formal difference but indeed a material and real one between these two expressions I command and I am commanding For the former imports only a present act the later signifies the continuation of the act Ye have a like example v. 2. of this Chapter and very often elsewhere where the act is put for the conntinuation of the act which is no doubt a wrong to the holy Text and that a greater then men at first conceive as I shall shew more fully hereafter if the Lord will For although it seem to some no more then a circumlocution of the present yet we shall finde that there is more in it This will appear in part by one or two brief Observations from these words and so I shall leave this point 1. Observe hence what an excellent Lawgiver the Lord our God is he has given Commandements and he is yet commanding them he is yet giving them Inferiour Lawgivers as Lycurgus Numa Solon c. when they have once published their Lawes they leave them to the people to observe them at their peril Not so the Lord our Lawgiver as he is called Esay 33.22 He gives Lawes and Lawes for publication of those Lawes and himself is still giving them Artificers having done their work they leave it to the care of others whom it concerns as the Carpenter having built an house he takes no more thought for it The Shipwright having made a vessel fit to sail it concerns him no more whether it sink or swim The Husbandman having planted a Vineyard he leaves it to the weather and to the ordinary providence of God Our most gracious God having done any spiritual work like these or any of these though he has done it yet he has not so done it but that he is still doing it Gods people are his Vineyard Esay 27.2 I the Lord ãâã ãâã ãâã ãâã ãâã Custodiens eam Esay 27. v. 3. 1 Cor. 3. v. 6.7 I am keeping it I will water it every moment lest any hurt it I will keep it night and day I have planted Apollo hath watered the words are indefinite ãâã ãâã ãâã ãâã ãâã but God ãâã ãâã ãâã ãâã ãâã Dabat did give that is he so gave as he is yet giving increase And so the Apostle expresseth himself in the next words Therefore ãâã ãâã ãâã ãâã ãâã he that is planting is not any thing nor he that is watering but God who is giving increase Ye are Gods building ãâã ãâã ãâã ãâã ãâã which Pagnin and Beza turn aedificatio a work in fieri which is yet a doing 1 Cor. 3.9 And therefore the Apostle I commend you saith he unto God and to the word of his grace ãâã ãâã ãâã ãâã ãâã able further to buiid you which Beza turns Superstruere the Son of God saith My Father worketh hitherto and I also work John 5.17 2. Whence appears the great goodness love and care of the Lord our God toward his people in that he is alwayes instructing informing counselling admonishing reproving correcting chastening comforting exhorting dehorting and performing all other acts of a fatherly Lawgiver and Teacher Who like him saith Elihu Job 36.22 That spirit which spake very often to the old Romans whom therefore they called Locutius at length lest speaking when they had built him a Temple But the Lord who is yesterday and to day and the same for ever hath spoken in every soul even from the beginning whence he is called ãâã ãâã ãâã ãâã ãâã the Word by S. John This is very often expressed in the Chald. Paraph. when God is said to say or do something the Paraphrast adds ãâã ãâã ãâã ãâã ãâã or ãâã ãâã ãâã ãâã ãâã or ãâã ãâã ãâã ãâã ãâã by his word Thus Psal 110.1 The Lord said unto my Lord sit thou on my right hand the Thargum hath the Lord said unto his Word and Psal 144.2 where the Hebrew hath I will trust in him the Chaldee paraphraseth it I will trust in his Word Where it is in the Hebrew your new Moons and Feasts my soul hateth the Paraphrast puts my Word hateth Esay 1.4 and 45.17 Israel is saved by the Lord is express in the Chaldee by the Word of the Lord. So Jer. 1.8 where the Lord saith to the Prophet I will be with the the Paraphrast expresseth it my Word shall be with thee And many the like Which it were much to be wished that they well
7.14 Mat. 6.10 Wherefore be couragious O ye faithfull Israelites who march against your spiritual enemies ye have the promise of the Lord of hosts that ye shall eat up all the peoples which the Lord your God is giving to you Hearken not to the faint-hearted and unbelieving Spies who say that the people are greater and taller then ye are and that ye are as Grashoppers or rather as Locusts Num. 13. v. 33. ãâã ãâã ãâã ãâã ãâã in your own eyes and in the peoples eyes Numb 13.33 Let them not discourage or rather melt your heart Why should that significant metaphore be obscured and lost by mis-translation whereof the Spirit of God makes use as taken either from Ice resolved into water Josh 7.5 or from Wax melted Psal 22.15 Unbelief and fear soften and melt the heart which is strengthened by belief and courage Gen. 45.26 Psal 27.13 14. Believe the faithful and valiant Spies and witnesses of God Jehoshua the Lord the Saviour and Caleb the hearty and couragious man according to the heart of God these will assure us that we are well able to overcome and eat up the peoples For so they say Numb 14.9 Fear not ye the people of the land for they are bread for us If we be thus strong in the Lord the Lord will strengthen us Psal 31.24 and the Lord Jesus will take away the sin John 1.29 and the wicked shall perish and the enemies of the Lord shall be as the pretiousness of Lambs they shall consume into smoke Psalm 37.20 For so the Altar of Christs patience consumes and eats up the Sacrifices Therefore the Altar is called Ariel that is the Lion of God Ezech. 43.16 which devours the flesh of sin which is laid upon it And thus the spiritual enemies of the Lord and his people are consumed by the fire and spirit of love burning on the Altar the patience of Jesus Christ So the Prophet prayes Consume in wrath consume and let them not be He prayes against the sinnes not the persons of his enemies for ver 11. he had prayed slay them not He prayes that the Lord would consume the iniquity that it might not be For should he pray here against the sinners that they should not be how could he pray for them in the words next following Let them know that the Lord ruleth in Jacob and to the ends of the earth And to shew that what he had said is worth our consideration he adds Selah Which imports the suppressing of our earthly thoughts and raising up our heavenly meditations like that Psal 9.16 Higgaion or medidation Selah Even so O Lord impower us by thy mortifying spirit Rom. 8.13 which may kill eat up and consume all the wicked populacy all the seven nations the deadly sins which will otherwise eat up and consume us And quicken us unto the life of thee our God through the spirit of life which is in Christ Jesus our Lord. Gods request unto his People SER. XV. OR Gods Petition of Right SERMON XV. Deuteronomie 10. ver 12 13. And now Israel what doth the Lord thy God require of thee but to fear the Lord thy God to walk in all his wayes and to love him and to serve the Lord thy God with all thy heart and with all thy soul to keep the Commandements of the Lord and his Statutes which I command thee this day for thy good SOme of these words are otherwise to be rendred as I shall shew in the particular handling of them Meantime we may know that they contain a summary comprehension These words are a summary comprehension of the peopses duty to their God inferred from the consideration of his goodness in renewing the Law continuance of the Priesthood and adding thereto the Levites Whence the words before us are deduced as a conclusion The 1. And is here collective as gathering all the promises together conclusive and illative as inferring from those promises Israels obedience and very emphatical as often elsewhere If for our better understanding of these words we take in the two following verses which depend upon the two former we shall finde that this Paragraph hath two parts 1. ãâã ãâã ãâã ãâã ãâã a Request or Desire 2. ãâã ãâã ãâã ãâã ãâã a Rendring of a reason for that Desire and Request In the former which is ãâã ãâã ãâã ãâã ãâã the Request and Desire is the ãâã ãâã ãâã ãâã ãâã the thing desired and requested and the end why it is requested and desired 1. The thing desired and requested is either the peoples holy affections or the sutable effects issuing from them Their holy affections are either the holy fear of the Lord whose effect is walking in all his wayes Or the holy and intire love of God whose effect is serving him with all the heart and with all the soul The common effect of both these holy affections is keeping Gods Commandements and Statutes 2. The End aimed at in all this is either Cujus as they call it for which the request is made that is for good or Cui for whose sake and for whose benefit this duty unto God is requested for thee 2. The ãâã ãâã ãâã ãâã ãâã or reason of this Request and Desire is either negative implicitly set down not that the Lord needs thee O Israel or any thing of thine For behold the Heavens and the Heavens of Heavens are the Lords thy Gods the earth also with all that therein is 2. Positive and express the affection of God toward the holy Fathers only the Lord did cleave unto thy Fathers to love them Deut. 10. v. 16. out of which he chose their children above all other people Which was the special grace of Christ toward his Church Ephes 1.3 4 5. Ye perceive by this Analyse that the Text is Oratio argumentosa a speech full of Arguments and may afford manifold Axioms of greatest regard But I have elsewhere spoken to diverse of them The divine Axiomes contained in these words are either 1. Gods Requests unto his people or 2. Gods Requesting these of them or his servant Moses Requiring of them or the ends why the Lord requests and Moses requires these of Israel Gods Requests are that 1. Israel fear the Lord their God 2. That Israel walk in all his wayes 3. That Israel love him 4. That Israel serve the Lord their God with all their heart and with all their soul 5. That Israel keep the Commandements of the Lord and his Statutes 6. The Lord requires all these of Israel 7. Moses requstes or commands all these this day 8. The Lord requests nothing more nor does Moses require any thing more of Israel but these 9. For what end doth the Lord request or Moses require these of thee O Israel but for good and to thee O Israel I intend not to treat of all these having spoken to many of them upon their Texts of Scripture Wherefore I shall waive the Press handling of what I have formerly
delivering He who is offering praise shall honour me and I will cause him to see into the salvation of God who is disposing or ordering his way Psalm 50.21 22 23. But away with false and hypocritical pretences of love It s a pure and holy love which the Lord intreats of Israel 3. And it is the Lords third Request unto Israel that we love the Lord our God and a most just and reasonable Request it is Of which I have elsewhere spoken more fully as also of 4. The fourth Request That we serve him with all our heart and with all our soul Now as the first and second Request make up the first service of God viz. the service of fear Exod. 20.20 out of which we walk in all the wayes of the Lord so the third and fourth Request of the Lord contain his last and greatest service his service of love From the consideration of both the services take notice that the service of love doth not make void the first viz. that of fear For there is a Copulative that unites them to fear the Lord and to love him But the time will come when the service of love shall cast out the fear 1 John 4.18 viz. that fear which hath torment or punishment ãâã ãâã ãâã ãâã ãâã But as for the filial and reverential fear that endures for ever Psal 19.9 And although love be perfect and though that which is perfect be come though the spirits of men be made perfect and perfectly partakers of the divine nature yet none of these no not all these together can make the creature its Creator Although the will of God be done perfectly in earth even as it is done in heaven yet this standing compleat in all the will of God this running the way of Gods Commandements this perfect following of God cannot equalize the creature to its Creator as some have vainly imagined The two later wheels of the Chariot though they run as fast as the two former yet can they never overtake the former SER. XIV they must still follow they must ever come behinde TThe Lords fifth and last Request unto Israel is to keep the Commandements of the Lord and his Statutes The fifth and last Request though it differ formally from the rest yet it summarily containes all the former Thou shalt keep the Commandements of the Lord thy God to walk in his wayes and to fear him Deut. 8.6 And it is indeed as reasonable and just a Request as the other are For obedience unto all the Commandements of God proceeds from the two fore-mentioned principles fear and love Whence it is that the keeping of Gods Commandements issueth sometime from fear as Eccles 12.13 Let us hear the conclusion of the whole matter Fear God and keep his Commandements Or according to the Vulg. Latin Finem loquendi pariter omnes audiamus Let us all a like hear the end of speaking Or rather according to Pagnin the end of every word hath been heard Wherein ãâã ãâã ãâã ãâã ãâã in ãâã ãâã ãâã ãâã ãâã the End is a Capital letter importing the End at which the whole word aimeth under the first dispensation the service of the fear of the Lord viz. that out of that fear of the Lord we should keep his Commandements Sometime the keeping of Gods Commandements is said to proceed from Love So Deut. 5.10 the Lord saith I am ãâã ãâã ãâã ãâã ãâã doing mercy to thousands to the lovers of me Deut. 5. v. 10. and keeping my Commandements As Israel is loving God and keeping his Commandements so the Lord is concurring with his continued and collateral act of doing mercy unto those who are loving him and keeping his Commandements And as Solomon said of the first dispensation that the End of every word hath been heard 1 Tim. 1. v. 5. Fear God c. So S. Paul saith of the third Dispensation 1 Tim. 1.5 ãâã ãâã ãâã ãâã ãâã but the end of the Commandement is love out of a pure heart and a good conscience and faith unfeigned I put the note of diveristy But answering to ãâã ãâã ãâã ãâã ãâã as Hierom Arias Montanus Pagnin and others have done whereby a diversity is put between the effect and end of fables endless Genealogies and the Commandement of God they minister questions but the end of the Commandement is love Which ãâã ãâã ãâã ãâã ãâã though a very small word yet it is of very great power which suspends the understanding as the little Echeveis or Remora stayes the course of a Ship though under sail saith Aelian Yea and oftentimes it is no less then Totius negotii cardo the Hinge of the whole business as the learned Logician knowes And therefore it should not be rendred copulatively as yet our Translators have done in the New Testament I believe more then one hundred times These two services of fear and love the Lord so countenanceth that he is styled after their names So what Laban calls the God of Isaac Jacob calls the fear of Isaac Gen. 31.29.42.53 But whereas he is here so named with relation and application unto Isaac SER. XV. we finde him called absolutely The Fear Psal 76.11 Psal 76. v. 11. Vow and pay to the Lord your God all round about him let them bring a gift ãâã ãâã ãâã ãâã ãâã to The Fear which in the former part of the verse is called The Lord. Thus he so honoureth the service of love that he is styled absolutely by the name Love 1 John 4.8 And again v. 16. God is Love And therefore S. Augustin affirms that every good work proceeds from these principles Ad omne rectè factum Amor Timor ducit Love and Fear leadeth to what ever is rightly done 6. Hitherto we have heard the ãâã ãâã ãâã ãâã ãâã the Lords five Requests unto Israel in so many divine Axioms Come we now to ãâã ãâã ãâã ãâã ãâã the Lords requesting these of Israel The word here used is ãâã ãâã ãâã ãâã ãâã which signifies to intreat ask petition for desire Yea it imports the lowest degree of petitioning as to beg Prov. 20.4 It s commonly used when men petition for any thing of God as 1 Sam. 1.17.20.27 12 13. and often elsewhere Whence ãâã ãâã ãâã ãâã ãâã signifies a petition put up unto God Job 6.8 Psal 20.5 This word our Translators turn here by Require What doth the Lord Require of thee Which is not properly rendred as may appear partly by what hath been alrready said partly by the distinct significations of words which seem equipollent but indeed in their use much differ one from other The Latin Criticks distinguish peto posco and postulo thus 1. Petimus prece we entreat and desire by prayer And it is commonly the act of an inferiour who intreats and petitions for some thing by prayer of his Superiour and the foot of a Petition is therefore called the prayer of it 2. Poscimus pro imperio we command
present with us Habenti Deum nihil desuâurum si ipse non desit Deo saith S. Cyprian nothing shall be wanting to him who hath God with him if he be not wanting unto God For Facienti quod in se est Deus non deest God is not wanting to him who is doing what lieth in him who is not wanting to himself Arise be doing and the Lord will be with you 2 Cor. 13.11 Phil. 4.8 9. When a man hath taken a wife and married her and it come to pass Deut. 24. v. 1. that she finde no favour in his eyes because he hath found some uncleanness in her then let him write her a bill of divorcement and give it in her hand and send her out of his house 2. And when she is departed out of his house she may go and be another mans wife 3. And if the later husband hate her and write her a bill of divorcement and giveth it in her hand and sendeth her out of his house or if the later husband die which took her to be his wife 4. Her former husband that sent her away may not take her again to be his wife after that she is defiled For that is abomination before the Lord and thou shalt not cause the land to sin which the Lord thy God giveth thee for an inheritance The mis-translation in these words could not so well be discovered without the expression and setting down of the whole Paragraph Which howsoever it be broken into four verses yet is it in the whole no more then one connex Axiom or conditional proposition as will appear if we shall first understand that it is not generally true though many conceive it to be so that our Lord in his most divine Sermon on the Mount intended only the confutation of the Pharisees false glosses and mis-interpretations of Gods Law For it is evident that both the first and second instances Mat. 5. v. 21. 30. are no other then the very Law of God in the sixth and seventh Commandements And our Lords expositions of them have no way confuted them but only added their inward and spiritual meanings thereunto That whereas the Lawes against murder and adultery in the letter were understood onely to restrain the outward act our Lord shewes that these Lawes reach even to the heart also Wherefore it could not be his general scope Howbeit in that Sermon I deny not but he meets with false glosses and mis-understanding of Gods Law And such was this custome and practice of the Jewes divorcement which we have now before us which they grounded upon these four verses so rendred as our Translators have turnd them And indeed that Translation confirmes their practice Notwithstanding the words of Moses will hardly afford any such sense as they gather from them to warrant them to put away their wives Those words ver 1. so turnd Then let him write her a bill of divorcement or cutting off and send her away out of his house These words do not necessarily bear any such construction yet hence they collected that for many causes a man might put away his wife But if these four first verses be well lookt into and the Law-givers scope considered we shall finde that these verses make up one intire sentence and that the three first of those verses are but only the Antecedent of a Connex Axiom and the fourth verse the Consequent and that which makes the sentence full For whereas ver 1. the Translators render the words Imperatively by way of precept Then let him write her a bill of divorcement ãâã ãâã ãâã ãâã ãâã the very same words meet us again ver 3. which yet they turn not Imperatively as before nor indeed are they so to be rendred and therefore neither the former since they are both in the very same tense and all those three verses are but Sententia pendula as it is called an imperfect sentence depending upon somewhat following and which is compleated and perfected by the fourth verse thus If or when a man hath taken a wife and married her and it come to pass that she finde no favour in his eyes because c. and if he write her a bill of divorcement c. and if she go and be another mans and if the later husband hate her c. or if the later husband die c. all which are parts of the Antecedent then her former husband who sent her away may not take her again to be his wife c. So that all the three first verses are but a condition of the Antecedent in order to the consequent a supposition of somewhat which possibly might be and if it so come to pass then the consequent will take place For Suppositio nihil ponit in esse A supposition makes nothing to be And thus the Greek Interpreters express the sense of these four verses And the vulg Latin yea and the Chald. Paraph. may be so understood And so Tremellius renders the words and so Vatablus explains them Scripseritque ei libellum repudii dederit ei in manu ejeceritque c. non est hîosententia absoluta sed debet hic versus jungi verbis sequentibus non poterit prior c. And if he shall write her a bill of divorce and give it to her in her hand and shall cast her out c. This is not an absolute sentence saith he but this verse ought to be joyned to the words following the former husband c. ver 4. And that this is the main scope of this Law That the former husband may not take his wife again which hath been the wife of another man its clear by the Prophet Jeremies reference unto this very text Jer. 3.1 They say or saying if a man put away his wife and she go from him and become another mans shall he return unto her again shall not the land be greatly polluted where we read no command that a man should put away his wife But only that a man having put away his wife and she become another mans he must not receive her again Only from supposition that a man having put away his wife and given her a bill of divorcement hence they collected that a man might put away his wife How witty men are in misconstruing the Law of God to make it suit with their own corrupt wills Our Lord discovers this fallacious collection of the Scribes and Pharisees Matth. 5.31 It hath been said If a man put away his wife let him give her a bill of divorce But by whom was it so said or to whom In the former instances which our Lord gives we have ãâã ãâã ãâã ãâã ãâã where the word is left doubtful whether to them of old time or by them of old time that is the Antients But that word we read not there added by our Lord. Why This speech was not said to them nor by them of old time Our Lord tells us as much Matth. 19.8 That
scourge as he dealt in Mount Perazim Esay 28. We have our Baal Berith Judges 9.4 the god of the Covenant making indeed a god of some part of it and neglecting that principal part of it That God should be one and his Name one Zach. 14. We have our Belial that is disobedience ãâã ãâã ãâã ãâã ãâã Absque jugo without yoke and though the Apostle tells us there is no agreement between Christ and Belial yet we are resolved to make them agree 2 Cor. 6.15 We worship Chemosh the god of the Moabites and serve him together with the true and only God Chemosh is Quasi palpans Flattery which is judged to be the same with ãâã ãâã ãâã ãâã ãâã Rom. 13.13 which the Scholiast on Aristophanes tells us was a Tavern-deity and wont to be worshipped with drinking after Supper Night-meetings I may call them the Clubbing when men supple one another with Wine flatter one another into good bargains This is a compendious way of worshipping Mammon Ashteroth Bacchus and Chemosh all at once We worship Dagon the god of Gluttony and fulness of bread and abundance of idleness the Philistines god Potu cadentes tipling till they reel as S. Hierom interprets the Philistins For Bacchus and Ceres will be worshipped together Whose god is their belly Phil. 3. we will have the Ark of the only God and Dagon stand together We worship Mauzzim which we render the god of the Forces Dan. 11.38 And least any order of men should be exempt from this ãâã ãâã ãâã ãâã ãâã we worship Mercury and have gotten many Mercuries gods of words 1 Cor. 2.4 We have Nebo when the Prophets set themselves up for gods ãâã ãâã ãâã ãâã ãâã the Poet calls it I say nothing to those ugly deities Baal-Phegor Beelzebul Priapus which yet are worshipped among us These are not conjectures and allusions but reality and truth For do we think our God is more offended with the title of those false gods or the worship of them in spirit and truth with the names or the things themselves He himself suffers the names of these and many more false gods in holy Scripture but he abhors abominates the service of them the having of those other gods We have them for our gods and Corrivals with the only true God and yet think our selves guiltless because we abhor the names only While we fall short of the end of our creation the glory of God it is by reason of some false god or other whom we have in our heart so much the Apostle implyes Rom. 3.23 All have sinned ãâã ãâã ãâã ãâã ãâã the word answers to ãâã ãâã ãâã ãâã ãâã they come short or after the glory of God So that there is beside that gross outward idolatry one more subtil spiritual and inward Such are those Idols or Images imagined and conceived in opinion such as the Leaders and Image-makers of every several Sect have graven set up and chosen to hold and propound to their followers to be worshipped There are many of this kinde They have found out many inventions Eccles 7. ult For whereas the outward idolatry seemed to be too gross and palpable to deceive the world any longer Satan obtruded upon men an inward kinde of idolatry more subtil and refined For after the Synagoga magna had quite discountenanced outward Idols calling Baal Bosheth Bethel Bethaven Beelzebub Beelzebul c. Instead of these the Elders of the Jews chose other Images Mark 7.1 7. And such as these are many Idols of later time which men of several opinions imagine and engrave and set up above all the rest to be adored As among the Philosophers Aliquid magni est in unaquaque Secta saith Mirandula some great thing there is in every Sect so among Christians to single out some tenent or other and cry up that and if that can but be in credit it matters not what becomes of all the rest And so zealous men are for the worship every man of his own Idol that every one drawes another to the worship of it and if that cannot be obtained then the bond of charity must be broken Yea if such Idol-makers get power into their hands they force others to the worship of their Idols even with fear of death like Nebuchadnezzar Dan. 3.6 Whoso falls not down and worships shall be cast into the midst of a burning fiery furnace Of this the Prophet Esay 66.5 Your brethren that hate you that cast you out for my names sake say Let the Lord be glorified and think in so doing they do God good service Ier. 50.7 We offend not because they have sinned against the Lord. Our Lord forewarns his Disciples of this and many of them have experienced the truth of it John 16.2 The time cometh that whosoever killeth you he shall think that he offereth a gift unto God The Syriac Interpreter hath ãâã ãâã ãâã ãâã ãâã a gift instead of ãâã ãâã ãâã ãâã ãâã divine service But proceed we to the following Axiom 5. It is possible that Gods people may be so driven away that they may worship and serve other gods The truth of this appears in the words before us as also Deut. 4.19 lest thou lift up thine eyes to the heavens and when thou seest the Sun and the Moon and the Stars the whole host of the heavens Deut. 4. v. 19. ãâã ãâã ãâã ãâã ãâã and thou be driven so our Translators turn the word there to worship them and serve them c. The reason why t is possible that the people of God may be driven to worship and serve other gods may appear from the danger of the other gods To have them endangers the worship of them So the Lord having prohibited other gods Exod. 20.3 and making Idols adds thou shalt not bow down thy self to them nor serve them Ducit enim affectu quodam infirmo rapit infirma corda mortalium formae similitudo c. For the likeness of form wins upon the affections and takes the weak hearts of men 2. Beside there is a proneness by corrupt nature to Idolatry and Superstition as appears by the frequent prohibitions of it and by that care and providence of God towards man in that he hath revealed no bodily image of himself Deut. 4. But how can it be true that the people of God should be driven away from him and so worship other gods 1. God will not 2. The Devil cannot 1. God will not It suits neither with his Wisdom nor with his Justice that he should drive men to that from which by so many Motives and Arguments in his Word he withdrawes them 2. The Devil cannot drive a believer to worship other gods but on the contrary a believer may resist and drive away the Devil Resist the Devil and he will fly from you Whence then is it that the people of God are driven to worship and serve other gods Whence but from the drift and impetuousness of their own
abominable things Psal 14. He looked for ãâã ãâã ãâã ãâã ãâã judgement Esay 5. v. 7. and behold ãâã ãâã ãâã ãâã ãâã a Scab a Spot of Leprosie and for ãâã ãâã ãâã ãâã ãâã righteousness and behold ãâã ãâã ãâã ãâã ãâã a cry the Spirit of God abhors not such elegant Paranomasia's and Allusions Esay 5.7 Moses looked for an upright people as God is ãâã ãâã ãâã ãâã ãâã upright ver 4. but behold they are become a crooked and perverse generation All the ãâã ãâã ãâã ãâã ãâã all the marks and characters which are tokens of Gods sons they were worn quite out depraved and lost the true image of God corrupted and marred instead of the righteousness of God he findes spots blemishes defilements in lieu of Gods rectitude uprightness he finds obliquity crockedness perverseness So that in the Text we have these Axioms 1. The people corrupted themselves 2. Their spot is not of his Sons 3. They are a perverse and a crooked generation 1. As to the first of these They have corrupted themselves The words are in the Singular number ãâã ãâã ãâã ãâã ãâã He hath corrupted himself Howbeit since the people of Israel are here understood as a collective of many the Scripture speaks both wayes and the sense will amount to the same Let us therefore inquire into the object of this corruption and the corruption it self There is a difference concerning the object of this corruption For whereas the words are ãâã ãâã ãâã ãâã ãâã whether we should understand ãâã ãâã ãâã ãâã ãâã directly and so understand God as Hierom turns the words Peccaverunt illi they have sinned unto or against him that is God as by corrupting his Covenant Or whether we should understand ãâã ãâã ãâã ãâã ãâã reflexly and reciprocally as our Translators render it They have corrupted themselves or as the word more properly signifies to themselves meaning the corrupt people themselves They have all a good sense and we may make use of them all As for the corruption it self The word here used signifies all manner of destruction and is rendred by ãâã ãâã ãâã ãâã ãâã utterly to corrupt ãâã ãâã ãâã ãâã ãâã to destroy and by many other words they express what is in the Text to corrupt But more especially the word signifies to sin and commit iniquity and therefore the LXX turn it by ãâã ãâã ãâã ãâã ãâã to do unjustly as Moses speaking of this corrupt people Deut. 31.29 I know that ye will utterly corrupt your selves the LXX turn it ãâã ãâã ãâã ãâã ãâã ye will do very unjustly And the LXX render the word in the Text by ãâã ãâã ãâã ãâã ãâã which Hierom turns Peccaverunt they have sinned And yet more particularly by this corruption a more particular sin is to be understood and that 's Idolatry as Exod. 32.7 Thy people have corrupted themselves what corruption that was ye finde in the next words They have made them a molten Calf verse 8. and so the Chald. Paraphrast explains this Text. This corruption spreads far and extends it self to the mindes and thoughts of men for so we read of men of corrupt mindes 2 Tim. 3.8 and thence to their words Eph. 4.29 and to their doings Ezek. 16.47 The Philosophers define corruption a substantial mutation a change of the nature which is opposite and contrary to generation the other substantial mutation And if we apply it unto our present business it 's a change of the man from his true manlike nature Eccles 12.13 viz. from the fear of God and keeping His Commandments from the truth righteousness holyness and uprightness of God This corruption we see 2 Cor. 11. v. 3. is a substantial mutation But how came this people to be corrupted surely corruption begins with the thoughts And therefore the Woman was tempted and first corrupted And I fear saith the Apostle lest as the Serpent beguiled Eve through his subtilty so your thoughts ãâã ãâã ãâã ãâã ãâã should be corrupted from the simplicity that is in Christ 2 Cor. 11.3 The thoughts corrupt the life the will and affections and so we read that the old man is corrupt by deceitful lusts Ephes 4.22 1. Take notice by what foul names the holy Scripture represents our sins unto us as here under the name of corruption so 2 Pet. 2.19 and in the fore-named Chapter by mire and vomit afterwards in the Text by spots and blemishes crookedness and perverseness elsewhere by the menstruous cloth of an unclean Woman putrefaction of sores the excremont of a man Prov. 30.12 And scarce shall we meet with any thing odious to our fansie from which sin borrows not a name to shew how the Lord hates it and would also that we should hate it 2. Corruption supposeth integrity For whatsoever is corrupted was at first sound and whole whatsoever is fallen it sometime stood If man therefore be corrupted he was sometime whole and sound Consider we therefore the man under both these conditions before and after his corruption 1. Before it And then behold O man the purity and integrity of thy primitive estate The generations of the World were healthful and there is no poyson of corruption or destruction in them Wisd 1.14 This was no doubt an honorable estate wherewithal the Man was invested even with Christ the honor that cometh of God onely Iohn 5.44 1 Pet. 2.7 But man being in this Honor understood not but became like the Beasts that perish Psalm 49.12 20. Whence wicked men are called Wolves Dogs Foxes Bears Lions c. as acting according to the bestial principle of life 3. A wicked man is the very worst of all living creatures and the reason is because being yet intire and uncorrupt he is the best and therefore being corrupted he is the very worst Corruptio optimi est pessima the corruption of that which is the best is the worst of all What a dangerous companion is a wicked man to himself He loves not himself but corrupts and destroyes himself How dangerous a companion is a wicked man unto another Can he love another who hates himself can he preserve another who destroyes himself Yet its strange how carefully men shun one who hath the Poul disease or the Plague or some other infectious malady yet fear not intimate conversation with men of corrupt mindes yea life and manners Yea we are wont to warn our children lest they have society with such as may infect their bodies or early corrupt their thoughts yet meantime we consider not that both they and our selves have the poyson of corruption in us as vain thoughts which are destructive Jer. 4.14 Justly are they hence to be reproved who are self-corrupters How much more are they to blame who corrupt and destroy others whether in body or soul The Spirit of God is so tender of the natural life that it allowes not a will or affection toward the taking it away from another He that hates his brother is a
ãâã ãâã ãâã ãâã which the LXX turn ãâã ãâã ãâã ãâã ãâã of great mercy And the sons of God are ãâã ãâã ãâã ãâã ãâã merciful ones which yet our Translators often turn Saints O love the Lord Psal 31. v. 23. all ye his Saints Here and elsewhere our Translation hath Saints whereas the word ãâã ãâã ãâã ãâã ãâã properly signifies mercifull men and the word Saints hath a more proper Hebrew word ãâã ãâã ãâã ãâã ãâã which answers to it The like mis-translation we meet with 2 Chro. 6.41 Let thy Saints rejoyce in goodness the word is ãâã ãâã ãâã ãâã ãâã merciful So Psal 16.10 and 37.28 and 43.1 So the same word is rendred godly Psalm 4.3 and 12.1 and 30.4 and 32.6 beside other places What should be the reason of this I fear we may without breach of charity suspect that herein our Translators did side with a party not so zealous as they ought to be for mercy and good works but have imagined a godliness and holiness without either Whereas we are commanded by the Lord not only to be holy as he is holy but also to be merciful as our heavenly Father is merciful Yea the same men will not scruple the naming of some men Saints and holy ones especially of their own party even while they are yet only in agone fighting the good fight of faith yet will they not allow the most eminent sons of God the same title no not after they have fought the good fight and finished their course but think it superstition at least to call the Evangelists and Apostles S. Matthew S. Mark S. Luke S. John S. Peter S. Paul c. What an injury is this to the spirits of righteous men when they have attained unto the most eminent degree of Sanctity even to perfection Hebr. 12.23 not then to afford them the name of Saints but dishonourably to degrade them Hereby they may justly be reproved who plead for their spots and staines and alleage for themselves that they must be defiled with them while they live here but when then shall they be cleansed from them cleansed they must be For nothing that defileth must enter the holy City Revel 21.17 They say they shall be purified at the end of this life yea when they can sin no more then they shall be cleansed from their spots What Scripture can they alleage for this Sure I am there 's none in the whole Word of God Besides they attribute more to their own natural death then they do to the death of Christ and our conformity thereunto For the Scripture saith Rom. 8.13 If ye by the Spirit shall mortifie the deeds of the body ye shall live But where read we of any purging by the natural death at the end of this life If therefore the spots cannot be washed out in this life nor at the end of this life it must then follow that there must be a time after this life before we enter into the holy City when these spots shall be washed out And when and where must that be but in Purgatory Mark now beloved whither this unclean doctrine of necessity leads the Authors of it They who are great enemies to Popery are by this their tenent the greatest Patrons of Purgatory But the reliques of sin they say must remain yea and God will have them to remain in us to abase us and humble us lest we should be proud Where I wonder have these men learned this secret will of God For sure I am it is not revealed in the whole written Word of God Nor indeed is it reasonable so to speak As if God would have us to be disobedient lest we should be disobedient As if he would not that we should be without spot lest we should be spotted Doubtless these men fear most where no fear is and they are altogether fearless where the most fear is They fear to be without spot lest they should be proud whereas if they be without spot how can they be proud They fear not the reliques of sin which the Scripture saith are most to be feared For a little leaven leavens the whole lump Gal. 5.9 And he who keeps the whole Law and offends in one point is guilty of all Jam. 2.10 O take heed and look diligently lest any root of bitterness springing up trouble you and thereby many be defiled Heb. 12.15 He that neglects small things shall fall by little and little Ecclus 19.1 And for whom do these men plead for the Lord or for Baal their own ruling lusts for the most holy God or for the unclean Devil for Christ or Belial Let Baal plead for himself But they implead others who would willingly wash out their spots with the water of the Word Ephes 5. as Hereticks men of corrupt and erroneous judgements dangerous men Dangerous indeed but to whom to the Devil and his kingdom which they uphold And he stirs these men up out of hatred to the pure spotless Bride of Christ whom he pursues into the Wilderness and casts a flood of reproaches after her Rev. 12. They tell a story of an Ethiopian woman which brought forth a white childe whom therefore the most condemned to death before her cause was heard But the Physitians knowing the womans piety and chastity began to enquire and making search in her bed-chamber they found the picture of Andromeda a fair white woman Whereupon they judged that since Phantasia habet opera realia the phansie hath real effects this woman in her conception looked upon that picture which thereby might form and bring forth a white childe The Spouse of Christ black but comely Cant. 1.5 is accused as an Harlot she labours and is in travaill bringing forth a pure and spotless birth And rash judges of evill thoughts like Judah pronounce sentence against her and say let her be burned for an Harlot for an Heritick But judge now righteous judgment ye Physitians of souls whether it be possible yea or no that the chast and holy Spouse of Christ may bring forth a white child a pure and holy life St. Paul hath determined this controversy long a go 2 Cor. 3. He speakes of himself together with the holy Church we all beholding as in a glass the glory of the Lord ãâã ãâã ãâã ãâã ãâã with his that is Christs open face in opposition to Moses 2 Cor. 3. v. 18. with his face covered ver 13. we are transformed into the same image from glory unto glory Yea Christ himself gives approbation to the beauty and purity of his Spouse thou art fair my love thou art fair Cant. 4.1 Yea ver 7. Thou art all fair my love no spot in thee And are not they Gods sons who have their spots Alas what then shall become of me Hath not Christ so loved his Church that he hath given himself for it that he might sanctifie and cleanse it with the washing of water by the Word that he might present it unto
wisdom of God which is Christ is more powerful and more helpful to us then ten then many Princes then all the power of men and Angels When all the guardian Angels say We have healed Babylon and she was not healed c. Jer. 52.9 then descends the great Physitian of souls into the Church which is in Babylon saith S. Peter and he undertakes the cure of this issue of blood wherewith the Church hath so long been wasted when the Woman the Church hath spent all she hath upon Physitians of no value when so many Formulae concordiae so many Books of Articles so many Confessions of Faith so many Catechisms so many Liturgies and Directories so many Forms of godliness so many Counsels so many Assemblies when such infinite varieties of Medicines have been applyed yet the Woman becomes rather worse then better then the vertue of the divine wisdom drawn out of him by an operative faith that works the cure that scales the City of the mighty Prov. 21.22 This is that one poor Wiseman who saves the City Eccles 9. Ye read 2 Sam. 23.8 that the chief of all the Captains about David was Tachmoni he sat upon the Seat or Throne a Principal man no doubt who is called Jashobeam 1 Chron. 11.11 A man ye hardly read of any where else And who is Tachmoni but the wise man so Tachmoni signifies And where is he where is his dwelling even in the midst of us John 1.26 And therefore he is called Jashobeam who dwells in the people 1 Chron. 11.11 He dwels in us except we be castawayes And there he subdues all the power of the enemy Would we then obtaine this wisdom It is neer us in our mouth and in our heart It is in us for nothing can render us like unto it self but it must be in us as was shewen before This speakes strong consolation to the simple soul wise and yet but weak and ambitious of an higher and more eminent degree of divine wisdom In which case David speakes Psal 42.1 As the Hinde panteth after the rivers of waters so panteth my soul after thee O God! my soul hath been a thirst for God c. Such are much dejected surely Ab extremo ad extremum non pervenitur nisi permedium The divine wisdom is not attained unto all at once but by degrees and as we cannot hasten our natural age but childhood must have it's time and youth it's time c. So must the spirituall ages have their times and successions also For as the visible Sun by few or many and often revolutions makes a like number of dayes in the outward world So doth the Sun of righteousnes by few or many reuolutions on the souls of those who feare God make some children of a few dayes some youngmen of more some oldmen and full of dayes and so wisdom enters into the holy souls according to the ages Wisd 7.27 Meantime while we are yet in our nonage let us hunger and thirst after a greater degree of wisdom as Prav 30.1 The words of Agur and in the Vul. Lat. Verba congregantis vomentis first the wisman he gathers then powrs out as Ecclis 39.1 6. Get we therefore wisdom and with all our getting get we understanding By prayer to the Lord Salomon obtained wisdom 1 Kings 3. Jam. 1. This prayer is the prayer onely of the righteous man Eccles 2.26 Thus Daniel and his companions obtained wisdom and the understanding of secrets Dan. 2.17 23. And unto such the wisdom is given Matth. 13.11 Ax. 3. For there is not a just man upon earth that doth good c. These words beside their absolute consideration look ãâã ãâã ãâã ãâã ãâã forward and backward and have their due connexion with both as we shall see when we have considered the words in their absolute and simple meaning And so they deny that there is any just man upon earth so exactly obedient that he so doth good that he doth not sin I read the words thus There is no just man upon earth who may do good or who doth good and may not sin The reason of this translation is to be understood from the Tens in the Hebrew which is here the second future For because that tongue hath no Potential or Subjunctive mood yet the sense of them is necessarily to be expressed in it therefore the Spirit of God makes use of this Tens when the sense of either Mood is to be expressed Thus much all men learned in that tongue acknowledge and our own Translators also elsewhere as Gen. 3.2 ãâã ãâã ãâã ãâã ãâã which ours render we may eat of the fruit of the Trees of the Garden Esay 49.15 ãâã ãâã ãâã ãâã ãâã Can a woman forget her childe c they ãâã ãâã ãâã ãâã ãâã may forget According to this Hebrism Mat. 24. v. 35. our Lord speaks Matth. 24.35 Heaven and Earth ãâã ãâã ãâã ãâã ãâã shall pass away that is they may rather pass away then my word may pass away And many the like Thus there is not a just man upon earth that doth good and ãâã ãâã ãâã ãâã ãâã and may not sin That thus the words are to be rendred of a Just man in statu inconsistente in an inconsistent and changeable estate it is clear from Solomons main scope he aims at in this book and from the context of the 20 verse with v. 19. 1. That Solomon speaks of such a Just man as is under the first dispensation that of the Father which is the fear of God a mutable and imperfect estate will appear to you if ye shall be pleased to consider that whereas the Wisemans intent in this book is to discover the bliss and happiness of man answerable to that dispensation under which he himself and that generation lived he proceeds first negatively by removing the vain opinion of many who place their true happiness some in Knowledge others in Pleasure others in Honour others in Wealth All these rejected 2. He proceeds positively affirming that the chief good bliss and happiness consists in the fear of God Chap. 12.13 with which assertion he concludes this book Thus Job 28.28 Now although this be true yet this is to be restrained unto the first dispensation which is inchoative wisdom and righteousness as it appeareth by the description of it where it s said to be the beginning of wisdom For there is no doubt but the righteousness of faith far transcends that of fear as we shall shew anon 2. This appears also from the context of this Verse with the former This Wisdom which is that fear of God strengthens the wise c. Though there be not a Just man upon earth that doth good and may not sin The words being thus translated let us inquire what it is 1. To do good 2. To sin 3. What Justice is and a Just man 1. To do good is largely taken as I have shewed on Gen. 4.7 To sin is Errare à via scopo
our last Translation we have ãâã ãâã ãâã ãâã ãâã a knowne note of diversity rendred and as known a Conjunction copulative and these two render different kinds of Axioms as all Logicians yea all who have common reason may understand The flesh lusts against the Spirit and the Spirit lusts against the flesh that 's a copulate The flesh lusts against the Spirit but the Spirit lusts against the flesh that 's a discret Axiom 2. But there 's a far greater difference between cannot as they render the words and may not as they ought to be turned Ye cannot denies power and strength ye may not leaves a possibility of doing what they would For the Spirit so and for this end lusteth against the flesh ãâã ãâã ãâã ãâã ãâã that ye may not do the things that ye would according to the lusting of the flesh And thus the Greek words ought to be rendred and generally are so rendred by Pagnin Castellio Vulg. Lat. Vatablus Beza High and Low Duth French Italian and Spanish Translations yea and by an antient English Manuscript whereas all our printed English Translations turn it cannot If any man think this a small difference let him suspend his judgement till I speak of it in its due place The Apostle ver 16. propounds a Precept In the Text we have 1. The difficulty of that precept the flesh lusteth 2. The possibility notwithstanding that difficulty Ye may Wherein we have these Axioms 1. The flesh lusteth against the Spirit 2. The Spirit lusteth against the flesh 3. Tt is true that the flesh lusteth against the Spirit but the Spirit lusteth against the flesh 4. The flesh and the Spirit are contrary one to the other This is to be put in a Parenthesis 5. The Spirit lusteth against the flesh that we may not do the things of the flesh which we would do 1. The flesh lusteth against the Spirit Herein we must enquire 1. What is meant by the flesh and 2. The lusts of the flesh and 3. What is meant by the Spirit I will not trouble you with the manifold meaning of this word flesh Only by the flesh we are here to understand the old corrupt Adam so what Rom. 6.6 our Apostle calls crucifying the old man that in the same Apostles phrase Gal. 5.24 is called crucifying the flesh with the affections and lusts 2. And what is lust and what is it to lust Concupiscence or lust is the desire of sensitive delight vain foolish and immoderate desires of the superiour appetite the will as ambitious desires of honours curiosity desire of knowledge falsely so called so flesh is understood Col. 2.18.23 and elsewhere The word here used is ãâã ãâã ãâã ãâã ãâã which is from ãâã ãâã ãâã ãâã ãâã from a power which comes upon the minde whereby the soul is carryed out to what is desired The lusting of the flesh therefore is not only that of the lower appetite which we call the concupiscible but that also of the irascible is here to be understood as appears by comparing v. 15. If ye bite and devour one another c. Yea the immoderate lusts of the superiour appetite are here also to be understood Hence it is that Sects and Heresies are reckoned by the Apostle Gal. 5.20 amongst the works of the flesh Hence also it is that we read of carnal wisdom wisdom of the flesh The lusting of the flesh against the Spirit what is it but desiring what is contrary to the desires and lustings of the Spirit The flesh desires things fleshly which are contrary to the desires of the Spirit which are of things spiritual and heavenly As by the flesh the old Adam is to be understood so by the Spirit and its lusts the lusts and wils of the new Adam the heavenly man are here meant The reason of this is from the mistake and seducing of the fansie For the fansie being part of the first Adam flesh and blood and informed with a living soul and being sensual earthly and carnal Rom. 8. and knowing no better thing then earthly objects things neer of kin unto it and delightful unto sense it easily draws the coucupiscence unto them which howsoever according to original rectitude it propends to good and that Bânum bonestum the honest good and is subject to the rational appetite and so to right reason as the Philosopehr teacheth and right reason to the Law of God yet having declined from that first integrity unto the sensible present and delightful good which most-what is disjoyn'd from the true and honest good becomes more and more prone to evil and drawes to it the rational appetite the will yea the reason it self the ãâã ãâã ãâã ãâã ãâã the Rudder of the soul as he that 's sinking will lay hold though on his best friends and draw them into the same pit of destruction And so the fleshly minde resists and reasons against the Spirit as Ahitophel fallen off to Absalom they both rebel against their Lord David Obs 1. Here is an evident argument and proof of mans fall Here is opposition made against the Spirit of God Surely Gods work was perfect and all that he made was very good Gen. 1. And therefore that excellent work man cannot be said to come thus imperfect out of Gods hand No he was made upright but he had a fall as ye read 2 Sam. 4.4 that Mephibosheth fell out of his Nurses armes and be came lame poor man of both his feet What is the Nurse but providence which supported the man and bare him in hir armes of mercy and judgment comands and prohebitions Gen. 2. But out of her armes the man fell and is lame on both his feet his ãâã ãâã ãâã ãâã ãâã his concupiscible and irascible affections which are the feet which carry the soul whithersoever it goes So that to the fallen man belongs shame and confusion of face that is word for word Mephibosheth Yea even the Philosopher himself could take notice of this from the irregular motions in man that man was become otherwise then formerly he had been Obs 2. Hence it appeares that even in those who have the Spirit of God in some measure there are motions contrary to the Spirit I say in some measure Wisdom 7.27 Thus the Galathians had received the Spirit Gal. 3.2 Proportionably to their age which was the childhood Gal. 4.19 In whom yet the flesh lusted against the Spirit And the Corinthians had received the Spirit by which they were sanctified 1 Cor. 1.2 Yet was their age and growth no more then that of the childhood they were babes in Christ 1 Cor. 3.1 And these are said to be carnall and to walk ãâã ãâã ãâã ãâã ãâã according to the first Adam or the old man ver 3. Obs 3 The lusts of the flesh are first and they first appeare in the man Primum animale dein spirituale First that which is animalish then that which is spiritual 1 Cor. 15. 4 Observe the reason of that impetuousnes
no sin deceive themselves The word we turn deceive is ãâã ãâã ãâã ãâã ãâã which properly signifies to seduce and lead out of the way They who are thus lead out of the way deceive themselves many wayes 1. By the deceitfullness of sin Hebr. 3.13 When sin and vice hath got on an habit of vertue and goodness by deceitfull lust Ephes 4.22 When they obtrude themselves upon us as if they were naturall unto us But because these are so grosse that they cannot deceive all the grand impostor covers them with appearances of righteousness as 1. By sole and onely hearing and not doing 2. By doing and not beleiving 3. By beleiving and not obeying 4. By obeying but not to the end 5. By a will or half will and not the deed 1. By sole and onely hearing and not doing For thus the sole hearers deceive themselves saith S. James Be doers of the word and not hearers onely deceiving your owne selves Jam 1.22 And self-deceit in a matter of so great importance is a great deceit For not the hearers of the law are just before God but the doers of the law shall be justified Rom. 2.13 Thus Act. 8.9 Simon the Sorcerer bewitched the people of Samaria And the like Simon that is Hearing bewitches the people of this City and Nation while they obey not the truth Gal. 3.1 2. By doing and not believing Thus the Jew going about to establish his own righteousness hath not submitted himself to the righeousness of God For Christ is the end of the law for righteousness to every one that believeth Rom. 10.3.4 Thus the Pharisees justified themselves by the works of the law without faith in Jesus Christ But S. Paul and S. James are solidly reconciled if the judicious Reader well consider and it is worth his consideration what S. Paul saith which our Translators have not truely rendred in these words knowing that a man is not Justified by the works of the law but by the faith of Jesus Christ Gal. 2.16 Whereas the words are truely to be turned thus A man is not justified by the works of the law ãâã ãâã ãâã ãâã ãâã si non or nisi unless by the faith of Jesus Christ All other reconciliation is unsatisfactory 3. They who say they have no sin deceive themselves by believing and not obeying as if an idle lazy faith could save us from our sins Why because they believe that Christ has died for them and suffered for them and that the Father hath accepted Christs righteousness for theirs so that now they have no sin at all Surely to believe that God accepts Christs sufferings and death for ours without our conformable sufferings and death is to believe a lye For if we die with him we believe that we shall live with him Rom. 6.8 And if we suffer with him that we may also be glorified with him Rom. 8.17 4. They who say they have no sin deceive themselves by obeying but not continuing in their obedience They that believe shall be saved that is they who continue in the faith to the end the same shall be saved Rom. 2. They who by patient continuance in well doing c. They who trust in the Lord shall be as Mount Sion that is continue in the faith not for a day or two Thus we are kept in that happy estate Prov. 28.14 of fearing alwayes whereas that false position Once a Saint and alwayes a Saint renders men secure so that they perfect not holiness in the fear of God 2 Cor. 7.1 nor work out their own salvation with fear and trembling Phil. 2.12 5. They who say they have no sin deceive themselves by a good will or a pretence of a good will instead of the deed It is true that God accepts the will for the deed namely when the deed cannot be done For it may so come to pass that a believer upon his first act of faith elicited may be suddenly surprized and taken away before he can compleat his will by being obedient and doing the deed I will not question the possibility of this hypothesies because I dare not shorten his arm with whom all things are possible nor dare I straiten his bowels whose mercies are over all his works So that I believe the good God would accept of such a good will for the deed it self and esteem of such a believer according to what he hath not according to what he hath not Why because such an one virtually harbours in his heart a full purpose of well doing if God afford him opportunity so to do For completa voluntas pro facto aestimatur a compleat will is accounted for the deed Which cannot be true of a velleity while men neglect their pretious opportunities The reason of all this is self-love which flatters men into a good opinion of themselves This self-love blindes them that they discern not their own self-deceit and so become such as are fit to be deceived by the grand Impostor being disposed thereunto by the deceitfuluess of sin 2 Thess 2.10 Obs 1. Hence it appears that although there he manifold Seducers and deceivers yet the most dangerous deceiver without which we cannot be deceived is every mans own self Obs 2. The most dangerous deceit of all other is for a man to walk in darkness yet to imagine himself to have fellowship with the light To have sin yet to flatter himself that he hath none The onely way to be undeceived is to beleive and obey unto the end The Apostle gives this counsell to the spiritual little children subject to be deceived 1 Joh. 3.7 Little children let no man deceive you he that doth righteousness is righteous as he is righteous Let us suffer our selves to be undeceived by those who would lead us into the way of truth Account not them Seducers who would indeed undeceive us As deceivers yet true 2 Cor. 6.8 So the Apostles were accounted yea such they thought Christ himself the truth it self to be Matth. 27.63 Yea that he was the most notorious of all others ãâã ãâã ãâã ãâã ãâã that deceiver Yea they fear least God himself the essential truth should deceive them when the divine testimonies out of his express word are alleaged unto them Yet the same men with full consent credit and yield themselves to be seduced and deceived by the lusts of errour O that men could so far suspect themselves as to think it possible for them to be decieved and that the truth may not be in them Axiom 3. If we say we have no sin we deceive our selves and the truth is not in us What is here meant by truth Thy Law is the truth Psal 119.142 By the Law is the knowledge of sin That discovers reproves corrects and chastens us for our sins That brings us to acknowledgement and confession of our sins as in the next verse And therefore if we say we have no sin its evident that the Law that Truth which discovers reproves and